#
# perltidy - a perl script indenter and formatter
#
-# Copyright (c) 2000-2012 by Steve Hancock
+# Copyright (c) 2000-2013 by Steve Hancock
# Distributed under the GPL license agreement; see file COPYING
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+# with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+# 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
#
-# For brief instructions instructions, try 'perltidy -h'.
+# For brief instructions, try 'perltidy -h'.
# For more complete documentation, try 'man perltidy'
# or visit http://perltidy.sourceforge.net
#
@ISA
@EXPORT
$missing_file_spec
+ $fh_stderr
};
@ISA = qw( Exporter );
use File::Copy;
BEGIN {
- ( $VERSION = q($Id: Tidy.pm,v 1.74 2012/07/01 13:56:49 perltidy Exp $) ) =~ s/^.*\s+(\d+)\/(\d+)\/(\d+).*$/$1$2$3/; # all one line for MakeMaker
+ ( $VERSION = q($Id: Tidy.pm,v 1.74 2013/09/22 13:56:49 perltidy Exp $) ) =~ s/^.*\s+(\d+)\/(\d+)\/(\d+).*$/$1$2$3/; # all one line for MakeMaker
}
sub streamhandle {
}
}
$fh = $New->( $filename, $mode )
- or warn "Couldn't open file:$filename in mode:$mode : $!\n";
+ or Warn("Couldn't open file:$filename in mode:$mode : $!\n");
return $fh, ( $ref or $filename );
}
sub make_temporary_filename {
# Make a temporary filename.
- # FIXME: return both a name and opened filehandle
- #
- # The POSIX tmpnam() function tends to be unreliable for non-unix systems
+ # The POSIX tmpnam() function has been unreliable for non-unix systems
# (at least for the win32 systems that I've tested), so use a pre-defined
# name for them. A disadvantage of this is that two perltidy
# runs in the same working directory may conflict. However, the chance of
- # that is small and managable by the user, especially on systems for which
+ # that is small and manageable by the user, especially on systems for which
# the POSIX tmpnam function doesn't work.
my $name = "perltidy.TMP";
if ( $^O =~ /win32|dos/i || $^O eq 'VMS' || $^O eq 'MacOs' ) {
# messages. It writes a .LOG file, which may be saved with a
# '-log' or a '-g' flag.
-{
+sub perltidy {
- # variables needed by interrupt handler:
- my $tokenizer;
- my $input_file;
-
- # this routine may be called to give a status report if interrupted. If a
- # parameter is given, it will call exit with that parameter. This is no
- # longer used because it works under Unix but not under Windows.
- sub interrupt_handler {
-
- my $exit_flag = shift;
- print STDERR "perltidy interrupted";
- if ($tokenizer) {
- my $input_line_number =
- Perl::Tidy::Tokenizer::get_input_line_number();
- print STDERR " at line $input_line_number";
- }
- if ($input_file) {
-
- if ( ref $input_file ) { print STDERR " of reference to:" }
- else { print STDERR " of file:" }
- print STDERR " $input_file";
- }
- print STDERR "\n";
- exit $exit_flag if defined($exit_flag);
- }
-
- sub perltidy {
-
- my %defaults = (
- argv => undef,
- destination => undef,
- formatter => undef,
- logfile => undef,
- errorfile => undef,
- perltidyrc => undef,
- source => undef,
- stderr => undef,
- dump_options => undef,
- dump_options_type => undef,
- dump_getopt_flags => undef,
- dump_options_category => undef,
- dump_options_range => undef,
- dump_abbreviations => undef,
- prefilter => undef,
- postfilter => undef,
- );
+ my %defaults = (
+ argv => undef,
+ destination => undef,
+ formatter => undef,
+ logfile => undef,
+ errorfile => undef,
+ perltidyrc => undef,
+ source => undef,
+ stderr => undef,
+ dump_options => undef,
+ dump_options_type => undef,
+ dump_getopt_flags => undef,
+ dump_options_category => undef,
+ dump_options_range => undef,
+ dump_abbreviations => undef,
+ prefilter => undef,
+ postfilter => undef,
+ );
- # don't overwrite callers ARGV
- local @ARGV = @ARGV;
+ # don't overwrite callers ARGV
+ local @ARGV = @ARGV;
+ local *STDERR = *STDERR;
- my %input_hash = @_;
+ my %input_hash = @_;
- if ( my @bad_keys = grep { !exists $defaults{$_} } keys %input_hash ) {
- local $" = ')(';
- my @good_keys = sort keys %defaults;
- @bad_keys = sort @bad_keys;
- confess <<EOM;
+ if ( my @bad_keys = grep { !exists $defaults{$_} } keys %input_hash ) {
+ local $" = ')(';
+ my @good_keys = sort keys %defaults;
+ @bad_keys = sort @bad_keys;
+ confess <<EOM;
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Unknown perltidy parameter : (@bad_keys)
perltidy only understands : (@good_keys)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
EOM
- }
+ }
- my $get_hash_ref = sub {
- my ($key) = @_;
- my $hash_ref = $input_hash{$key};
- if ( defined($hash_ref) ) {
- unless ( ref($hash_ref) eq 'HASH' ) {
- my $what = ref($hash_ref);
- my $but_is =
- $what ? "but is ref to $what" : "but is not a reference";
- croak <<EOM;
+ my $get_hash_ref = sub {
+ my ($key) = @_;
+ my $hash_ref = $input_hash{$key};
+ if ( defined($hash_ref) ) {
+ unless ( ref($hash_ref) eq 'HASH' ) {
+ my $what = ref($hash_ref);
+ my $but_is =
+ $what ? "but is ref to $what" : "but is not a reference";
+ croak <<EOM;
------------------------------------------------------------------------
error in call to perltidy:
-$key must be reference to HASH $but_is
------------------------------------------------------------------------
EOM
- }
}
- return $hash_ref;
- };
+ }
+ return $hash_ref;
+ };
- %input_hash = ( %defaults, %input_hash );
- my $argv = $input_hash{'argv'};
- my $destination_stream = $input_hash{'destination'};
- my $errorfile_stream = $input_hash{'errorfile'};
- my $logfile_stream = $input_hash{'logfile'};
- my $perltidyrc_stream = $input_hash{'perltidyrc'};
- my $source_stream = $input_hash{'source'};
- my $stderr_stream = $input_hash{'stderr'};
- my $user_formatter = $input_hash{'formatter'};
- my $prefilter = $input_hash{'prefilter'};
- my $postfilter = $input_hash{'postfilter'};
-
- # various dump parameters
- my $dump_options_type = $input_hash{'dump_options_type'};
- my $dump_options = $get_hash_ref->('dump_options');
- my $dump_getopt_flags = $get_hash_ref->('dump_getopt_flags');
- my $dump_options_category = $get_hash_ref->('dump_options_category');
- my $dump_abbreviations = $get_hash_ref->('dump_abbreviations');
- my $dump_options_range = $get_hash_ref->('dump_options_range');
-
- # validate dump_options_type
- if ( defined($dump_options) ) {
- unless ( defined($dump_options_type) ) {
- $dump_options_type = 'perltidyrc';
- }
- unless ( $dump_options_type =~ /^(perltidyrc|full)$/ ) {
- croak <<EOM;
+ %input_hash = ( %defaults, %input_hash );
+ my $argv = $input_hash{'argv'};
+ my $destination_stream = $input_hash{'destination'};
+ my $errorfile_stream = $input_hash{'errorfile'};
+ my $logfile_stream = $input_hash{'logfile'};
+ my $perltidyrc_stream = $input_hash{'perltidyrc'};
+ my $source_stream = $input_hash{'source'};
+ my $stderr_stream = $input_hash{'stderr'};
+ my $user_formatter = $input_hash{'formatter'};
+ my $prefilter = $input_hash{'prefilter'};
+ my $postfilter = $input_hash{'postfilter'};
+
+ if ($stderr_stream) {
+ ( $fh_stderr, my $stderr_file ) =
+ Perl::Tidy::streamhandle( $stderr_stream, 'w' );
+ if ( !$fh_stderr ) {
+ croak <<EOM;
+------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Unable to redirect STDERR to $stderr_stream
+Please check value of -stderr in call to perltidy
+------------------------------------------------------------------------
+EOM
+ }
+ }
+ else {
+ $fh_stderr = *STDERR;
+ }
+
+ sub Warn ($) { $fh_stderr->print( $_[0] ); }
+
+ sub Exit ($) {
+ if ( $_[0] ) { goto ERROR_EXIT }
+ else { goto NORMAL_EXIT }
+ }
+
+ sub Die ($) { Warn $_[0]; Exit(1); }
+
+ # extract various dump parameters
+ my $dump_options_type = $input_hash{'dump_options_type'};
+ my $dump_options = $get_hash_ref->('dump_options');
+ my $dump_getopt_flags = $get_hash_ref->('dump_getopt_flags');
+ my $dump_options_category = $get_hash_ref->('dump_options_category');
+ my $dump_abbreviations = $get_hash_ref->('dump_abbreviations');
+ my $dump_options_range = $get_hash_ref->('dump_options_range');
+
+ # validate dump_options_type
+ if ( defined($dump_options) ) {
+ unless ( defined($dump_options_type) ) {
+ $dump_options_type = 'perltidyrc';
+ }
+ unless ( $dump_options_type =~ /^(perltidyrc|full)$/ ) {
+ croak <<EOM;
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Please check value of -dump_options_type in call to perltidy;
saw: '$dump_options_type'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
EOM
- }
- }
- else {
- $dump_options_type = "";
}
+ }
+ else {
+ $dump_options_type = "";
+ }
- if ($user_formatter) {
+ if ($user_formatter) {
- # if the user defines a formatter, there is no output stream,
- # but we need a null stream to keep coding simple
- $destination_stream = Perl::Tidy::DevNull->new();
- }
+ # if the user defines a formatter, there is no output stream,
+ # but we need a null stream to keep coding simple
+ $destination_stream = Perl::Tidy::DevNull->new();
+ }
- # see if ARGV is overridden
- if ( defined($argv) ) {
+ # see if ARGV is overridden
+ if ( defined($argv) ) {
- my $rargv = ref $argv;
- if ( $rargv eq 'SCALAR' ) { $argv = $$argv; $rargv = undef }
+ my $rargv = ref $argv;
+ if ( $rargv eq 'SCALAR' ) { $argv = $$argv; $rargv = undef }
- # ref to ARRAY
- if ($rargv) {
- if ( $rargv eq 'ARRAY' ) {
- @ARGV = @$argv;
- }
- else {
- croak <<EOM;
+ # ref to ARRAY
+ if ($rargv) {
+ if ( $rargv eq 'ARRAY' ) {
+ @ARGV = @$argv;
+ }
+ else {
+ croak <<EOM;
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Please check value of -argv in call to perltidy;
it must be a string or ref to ARRAY but is: $rargv
------------------------------------------------------------------------
EOM
- }
}
+ }
- # string
- else {
- my ( $rargv, $msg ) = parse_args($argv);
- if ($msg) {
- die <<EOM;
+ # string
+ else {
+ my ( $rargv, $msg ) = parse_args($argv);
+ if ($msg) {
+ Die <<EOM;
Error parsing this string passed to to perltidy with 'argv':
$msg
-EOM
- }
- @ARGV = @{$rargv};
- }
- }
-
- # redirect STDERR if requested
- if ($stderr_stream) {
- my $ref_type = ref($stderr_stream);
- if ( $ref_type eq 'SCALAR' or $ref_type eq 'ARRAY' ) {
- croak <<EOM;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-You are trying to redirect STDERR to a reference of type $ref_type
-It can only be redirected to a file
-Please check value of -stderr in call to perltidy
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-EOM
- }
- my ( $fh_stderr, $stderr_file ) =
- Perl::Tidy::streamhandle( $stderr_stream, 'w' );
- if ($fh_stderr) { *STDERR = $fh_stderr }
- else {
- croak <<EOM;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-Unable to redirect STDERR to $stderr_stream
-Please check value of -stderr in call to perltidy
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
EOM
}
+ @ARGV = @{$rargv};
}
+ }
- my $rpending_complaint;
- $$rpending_complaint = "";
- my $rpending_logfile_message;
- $$rpending_logfile_message = "";
+ my $rpending_complaint;
+ $$rpending_complaint = "";
+ my $rpending_logfile_message;
+ $$rpending_logfile_message = "";
- my ( $is_Windows, $Windows_type ) =
- look_for_Windows($rpending_complaint);
+ my ( $is_Windows, $Windows_type ) = look_for_Windows($rpending_complaint);
- # VMS file names are restricted to a 40.40 format, so we append _tdy
- # instead of .tdy, etc. (but see also sub check_vms_filename)
- my $dot;
- my $dot_pattern;
- if ( $^O eq 'VMS' ) {
- $dot = '_';
- $dot_pattern = '_';
- }
- else {
- $dot = '.';
- $dot_pattern = '\.'; # must escape for use in regex
- }
+ # VMS file names are restricted to a 40.40 format, so we append _tdy
+ # instead of .tdy, etc. (but see also sub check_vms_filename)
+ my $dot;
+ my $dot_pattern;
+ if ( $^O eq 'VMS' ) {
+ $dot = '_';
+ $dot_pattern = '_';
+ }
+ else {
+ $dot = '.';
+ $dot_pattern = '\.'; # must escape for use in regex
+ }
- #---------------------------------------------------------------
- # get command line options
- #---------------------------------------------------------------
- my ( $rOpts, $config_file, $rraw_options, $saw_extrude, $roption_string,
- $rexpansion, $roption_category, $roption_range )
- = process_command_line(
- $perltidyrc_stream, $is_Windows, $Windows_type,
- $rpending_complaint, $dump_options_type,
- );
+ #---------------------------------------------------------------
+ # get command line options
+ #---------------------------------------------------------------
+ my (
+ $rOpts, $config_file, $rraw_options,
+ $saw_extrude, $saw_pbp, $roption_string,
+ $rexpansion, $roption_category, $roption_range
+ )
+ = process_command_line(
+ $perltidyrc_stream, $is_Windows, $Windows_type,
+ $rpending_complaint, $dump_options_type,
+ );
- #---------------------------------------------------------------
- # Handle requests to dump information
- #---------------------------------------------------------------
+ #---------------------------------------------------------------
+ # Handle requests to dump information
+ #---------------------------------------------------------------
- # return or exit immediately after all dumps
- my $quit_now = 0;
+ # return or exit immediately after all dumps
+ my $quit_now = 0;
- # Getopt parameters and their flags
- if ( defined($dump_getopt_flags) ) {
- $quit_now = 1;
- foreach my $op ( @{$roption_string} ) {
- my $opt = $op;
- my $flag = "";
+ # Getopt parameters and their flags
+ if ( defined($dump_getopt_flags) ) {
+ $quit_now = 1;
+ foreach my $op ( @{$roption_string} ) {
+ my $opt = $op;
+ my $flag = "";
- # Examples:
- # some-option=s
- # some-option=i
- # some-option:i
- # some-option!
- if ( $opt =~ /(.*)(!|=.*|:.*)$/ ) {
- $opt = $1;
- $flag = $2;
- }
- $dump_getopt_flags->{$opt} = $flag;
+ # Examples:
+ # some-option=s
+ # some-option=i
+ # some-option:i
+ # some-option!
+ if ( $opt =~ /(.*)(!|=.*|:.*)$/ ) {
+ $opt = $1;
+ $flag = $2;
}
+ $dump_getopt_flags->{$opt} = $flag;
}
+ }
- if ( defined($dump_options_category) ) {
- $quit_now = 1;
- %{$dump_options_category} = %{$roption_category};
- }
+ if ( defined($dump_options_category) ) {
+ $quit_now = 1;
+ %{$dump_options_category} = %{$roption_category};
+ }
- if ( defined($dump_options_range) ) {
- $quit_now = 1;
- %{$dump_options_range} = %{$roption_range};
- }
+ if ( defined($dump_options_range) ) {
+ $quit_now = 1;
+ %{$dump_options_range} = %{$roption_range};
+ }
- if ( defined($dump_abbreviations) ) {
- $quit_now = 1;
- %{$dump_abbreviations} = %{$rexpansion};
- }
+ if ( defined($dump_abbreviations) ) {
+ $quit_now = 1;
+ %{$dump_abbreviations} = %{$rexpansion};
+ }
- if ( defined($dump_options) ) {
- $quit_now = 1;
- %{$dump_options} = %{$rOpts};
- }
+ if ( defined($dump_options) ) {
+ $quit_now = 1;
+ %{$dump_options} = %{$rOpts};
+ }
- return if ($quit_now);
+ Exit 0 if ($quit_now);
- # make printable string of options for this run as possible diagnostic
- my $readable_options = readable_options( $rOpts, $roption_string );
+ # make printable string of options for this run as possible diagnostic
+ my $readable_options = readable_options( $rOpts, $roption_string );
- # dump from command line
- if ( $rOpts->{'dump-options'} ) {
- print STDOUT $readable_options;
- exit 0;
- }
+ # dump from command line
+ if ( $rOpts->{'dump-options'} ) {
+ print STDOUT $readable_options;
+ Exit 0;
+ }
- #---------------------------------------------------------------
- # check parameters and their interactions
- #---------------------------------------------------------------
- check_options( $rOpts, $is_Windows, $Windows_type,
- $rpending_complaint );
+ #---------------------------------------------------------------
+ # check parameters and their interactions
+ #---------------------------------------------------------------
+ my $tabsize =
+ check_options( $rOpts, $is_Windows, $Windows_type, $rpending_complaint );
- if ($user_formatter) {
- $rOpts->{'format'} = 'user';
- }
+ if ($user_formatter) {
+ $rOpts->{'format'} = 'user';
+ }
- # there must be one entry here for every possible format
- my %default_file_extension = (
- tidy => 'tdy',
- html => 'html',
- user => '',
- );
+ # there must be one entry here for every possible format
+ my %default_file_extension = (
+ tidy => 'tdy',
+ html => 'html',
+ user => '',
+ );
- # be sure we have a valid output format
- unless ( exists $default_file_extension{ $rOpts->{'format'} } ) {
- my $formats = join ' ',
- sort map { "'" . $_ . "'" } keys %default_file_extension;
- my $fmt = $rOpts->{'format'};
- die "-format='$fmt' but must be one of: $formats\n";
- }
+ # be sure we have a valid output format
+ unless ( exists $default_file_extension{ $rOpts->{'format'} } ) {
+ my $formats = join ' ',
+ sort map { "'" . $_ . "'" } keys %default_file_extension;
+ my $fmt = $rOpts->{'format'};
+ Die "-format='$fmt' but must be one of: $formats\n";
+ }
- my $output_extension =
- make_extension( $rOpts->{'output-file-extension'},
- $default_file_extension{ $rOpts->{'format'} }, $dot );
+ my $output_extension = make_extension( $rOpts->{'output-file-extension'},
+ $default_file_extension{ $rOpts->{'format'} }, $dot );
- # If the backup extension contains a / character then the backup should
- # be deleted when the -b option is used. On older versions of
- # perltidy this will generate an error message due to an illegal
- # file name.
- #
- # A backup file will still be generated but will be deleted
- # at the end. If -bext='/' then this extension will be
- # the default 'bak'. Otherwise it will be whatever characters
- # remains after all '/' characters are removed. For example:
- # -bext extension slashes
- # '/' bak 1
- # '/delete' delete 1
- # 'delete/' delete 1
- # '/dev/null' devnull 2 (Currently not allowed)
- my $bext = $rOpts->{'backup-file-extension'};
- my $delete_backup = ( $rOpts->{'backup-file-extension'} =~ s/\///g );
-
- # At present only one forward slash is allowed. In the future multiple
- # slashes may be allowed to allow for other options
- if ( $delete_backup > 1 ) {
- die "-bext=$bext contains more than one '/'\n";
- }
-
- my $backup_extension =
- make_extension( $rOpts->{'backup-file-extension'}, 'bak', $dot );
-
- my $html_toc_extension =
- make_extension( $rOpts->{'html-toc-extension'}, 'toc', $dot );
-
- my $html_src_extension =
- make_extension( $rOpts->{'html-src-extension'}, 'src', $dot );
-
- # check for -b option;
- # silently ignore unless beautify mode
- my $in_place_modify = $rOpts->{'backup-and-modify-in-place'}
- && $rOpts->{'format'} eq 'tidy';
-
- # turn off -b with warnings in case of conflicts with other options
- if ($in_place_modify) {
- if ( $rOpts->{'standard-output'} ) {
- warn "Ignoring -b; you may not use -b and -st together\n";
- $in_place_modify = 0;
- }
- if ($destination_stream) {
- warn
+ # If the backup extension contains a / character then the backup should
+ # be deleted when the -b option is used. On older versions of
+ # perltidy this will generate an error message due to an illegal
+ # file name.
+ #
+ # A backup file will still be generated but will be deleted
+ # at the end. If -bext='/' then this extension will be
+ # the default 'bak'. Otherwise it will be whatever characters
+ # remains after all '/' characters are removed. For example:
+ # -bext extension slashes
+ # '/' bak 1
+ # '/delete' delete 1
+ # 'delete/' delete 1
+ # '/dev/null' devnull 2 (Currently not allowed)
+ my $bext = $rOpts->{'backup-file-extension'};
+ my $delete_backup = ( $rOpts->{'backup-file-extension'} =~ s/\///g );
+
+ # At present only one forward slash is allowed. In the future multiple
+ # slashes may be allowed to allow for other options
+ if ( $delete_backup > 1 ) {
+ Die "-bext=$bext contains more than one '/'\n";
+ }
+
+ my $backup_extension =
+ make_extension( $rOpts->{'backup-file-extension'}, 'bak', $dot );
+
+ my $html_toc_extension =
+ make_extension( $rOpts->{'html-toc-extension'}, 'toc', $dot );
+
+ my $html_src_extension =
+ make_extension( $rOpts->{'html-src-extension'}, 'src', $dot );
+
+ # check for -b option;
+ # silently ignore unless beautify mode
+ my $in_place_modify = $rOpts->{'backup-and-modify-in-place'}
+ && $rOpts->{'format'} eq 'tidy';
+
+ # turn off -b with warnings in case of conflicts with other options
+ if ($in_place_modify) {
+ if ( $rOpts->{'standard-output'} ) {
+ my $msg = "Ignoring -b; you may not use -b and -st together";
+ $msg .= " (-pbp contains -st; see manual)" if ($saw_pbp);
+ Warn "$msg\n";
+ $in_place_modify = 0;
+ }
+ if ($destination_stream) {
+ Warn
"Ignoring -b; you may not specify a destination stream and -b together\n";
- $in_place_modify = 0;
- }
- if ( ref($source_stream) ) {
- warn
-"Ignoring -b; you may not specify a source array and -b together\n";
- $in_place_modify = 0;
- }
- if ( $rOpts->{'outfile'} ) {
- warn "Ignoring -b; you may not use -b and -o together\n";
- $in_place_modify = 0;
- }
- if ( defined( $rOpts->{'output-path'} ) ) {
- warn "Ignoring -b; you may not use -b and -opath together\n";
- $in_place_modify = 0;
- }
+ $in_place_modify = 0;
}
-
- Perl::Tidy::Formatter::check_options($rOpts);
- if ( $rOpts->{'format'} eq 'html' ) {
- Perl::Tidy::HtmlWriter->check_options($rOpts);
+ if ( ref($source_stream) ) {
+ Warn
+"Ignoring -b; you may not specify a source array and -b together\n";
+ $in_place_modify = 0;
}
-
- # make the pattern of file extensions that we shouldn't touch
- my $forbidden_file_extensions = "(($dot_pattern)(LOG|DEBUG|ERR|TEE)";
- if ($output_extension) {
- my $ext = quotemeta($output_extension);
- $forbidden_file_extensions .= "|$ext";
+ if ( $rOpts->{'outfile'} ) {
+ Warn "Ignoring -b; you may not use -b and -o together\n";
+ $in_place_modify = 0;
}
- if ( $in_place_modify && $backup_extension ) {
- my $ext = quotemeta($backup_extension);
- $forbidden_file_extensions .= "|$ext";
+ if ( defined( $rOpts->{'output-path'} ) ) {
+ Warn "Ignoring -b; you may not use -b and -opath together\n";
+ $in_place_modify = 0;
}
- $forbidden_file_extensions .= ')$';
+ }
- # Create a diagnostics object if requested;
- # This is only useful for code development
- my $diagnostics_object = undef;
- if ( $rOpts->{'DIAGNOSTICS'} ) {
- $diagnostics_object = Perl::Tidy::Diagnostics->new();
- }
+ Perl::Tidy::Formatter::check_options($rOpts);
+ if ( $rOpts->{'format'} eq 'html' ) {
+ Perl::Tidy::HtmlWriter->check_options($rOpts);
+ }
- # no filenames should be given if input is from an array
- if ($source_stream) {
- if ( @ARGV > 0 ) {
- die
-"You may not specify any filenames when a source array is given\n";
- }
+ # make the pattern of file extensions that we shouldn't touch
+ my $forbidden_file_extensions = "(($dot_pattern)(LOG|DEBUG|ERR|TEE)";
+ if ($output_extension) {
+ my $ext = quotemeta($output_extension);
+ $forbidden_file_extensions .= "|$ext";
+ }
+ if ( $in_place_modify && $backup_extension ) {
+ my $ext = quotemeta($backup_extension);
+ $forbidden_file_extensions .= "|$ext";
+ }
+ $forbidden_file_extensions .= ')$';
- # we'll stuff the source array into ARGV
- unshift( @ARGV, $source_stream );
+ # Create a diagnostics object if requested;
+ # This is only useful for code development
+ my $diagnostics_object = undef;
+ if ( $rOpts->{'DIAGNOSTICS'} ) {
+ $diagnostics_object = Perl::Tidy::Diagnostics->new();
+ }
- # No special treatment for source stream which is a filename.
- # This will enable checks for binary files and other bad stuff.
- $source_stream = undef unless ref($source_stream);
+ # no filenames should be given if input is from an array
+ if ($source_stream) {
+ if ( @ARGV > 0 ) {
+ Die
+"You may not specify any filenames when a source array is given\n";
}
- # use stdin by default if no source array and no args
- else {
- unshift( @ARGV, '-' ) unless @ARGV;
- }
+ # we'll stuff the source array into ARGV
+ unshift( @ARGV, $source_stream );
+
+ # No special treatment for source stream which is a filename.
+ # This will enable checks for binary files and other bad stuff.
+ $source_stream = undef unless ref($source_stream);
+ }
+
+ # use stdin by default if no source array and no args
+ else {
+ unshift( @ARGV, '-' ) unless @ARGV;
+ }
+
+ #---------------------------------------------------------------
+ # Ready to go...
+ # main loop to process all files in argument list
+ #---------------------------------------------------------------
+ my $number_of_files = @ARGV;
+ my $formatter = undef;
+ my $tokenizer = undef;
+ while ( my $input_file = shift @ARGV ) {
+ my $fileroot;
+ my $input_file_permissions;
#---------------------------------------------------------------
- # Ready to go...
- # main loop to process all files in argument list
+ # prepare this input stream
#---------------------------------------------------------------
- my $number_of_files = @ARGV;
- my $formatter = undef;
- $tokenizer = undef;
- while ( $input_file = shift @ARGV ) {
- my $fileroot;
- my $input_file_permissions;
-
- #---------------------------------------------------------------
- # prepare this input stream
- #---------------------------------------------------------------
- if ($source_stream) {
- $fileroot = "perltidy";
- }
- elsif ( $input_file eq '-' ) { # '-' indicates input from STDIN
- $fileroot = "perltidy"; # root name to use for .ERR, .LOG, etc
- $in_place_modify = 0;
- }
- else {
- $fileroot = $input_file;
- unless ( -e $input_file ) {
-
- # file doesn't exist - check for a file glob
- if ( $input_file =~ /([\?\*\[\{])/ ) {
-
- # Windows shell may not remove quotes, so do it
- my $input_file = $input_file;
- if ( $input_file =~ /^\'(.+)\'$/ ) { $input_file = $1 }
- if ( $input_file =~ /^\"(.+)\"$/ ) { $input_file = $1 }
- my $pattern = fileglob_to_re($input_file);
- ##eval "/$pattern/";
- if ( !$@ && opendir( DIR, './' ) ) {
- my @files =
- grep { /$pattern/ && !-d $_ } readdir(DIR);
- closedir(DIR);
- if (@files) {
- unshift @ARGV, @files;
- next;
- }
+ if ($source_stream) {
+ $fileroot = "perltidy";
+ }
+ elsif ( $input_file eq '-' ) { # '-' indicates input from STDIN
+ $fileroot = "perltidy"; # root name to use for .ERR, .LOG, etc
+ $in_place_modify = 0;
+ }
+ else {
+ $fileroot = $input_file;
+ unless ( -e $input_file ) {
+
+ # file doesn't exist - check for a file glob
+ if ( $input_file =~ /([\?\*\[\{])/ ) {
+
+ # Windows shell may not remove quotes, so do it
+ my $input_file = $input_file;
+ if ( $input_file =~ /^\'(.+)\'$/ ) { $input_file = $1 }
+ if ( $input_file =~ /^\"(.+)\"$/ ) { $input_file = $1 }
+ my $pattern = fileglob_to_re($input_file);
+ ##eval "/$pattern/";
+ if ( !$@ && opendir( DIR, './' ) ) {
+ my @files =
+ grep { /$pattern/ && !-d $_ } readdir(DIR);
+ closedir(DIR);
+ if (@files) {
+ unshift @ARGV, @files;
+ next;
}
}
- print "skipping file: '$input_file': no matches found\n";
- next;
}
+ Warn "skipping file: '$input_file': no matches found\n";
+ next;
+ }
- unless ( -f $input_file ) {
- print "skipping file: $input_file: not a regular file\n";
- next;
- }
+ unless ( -f $input_file ) {
+ Warn "skipping file: $input_file: not a regular file\n";
+ next;
+ }
- # As a safety precaution, skip zero length files.
- # If for example a source file got clobberred somehow,
- # the old .tdy or .bak files might still exist so we
- # shouldn't overwrite them with zero length files.
- unless ( -s $input_file ) {
- print "skipping file: $input_file: Zero size\n";
- next;
- }
+ # As a safety precaution, skip zero length files.
+ # If for example a source file got clobbered somehow,
+ # the old .tdy or .bak files might still exist so we
+ # shouldn't overwrite them with zero length files.
+ unless ( -s $input_file ) {
+ Warn "skipping file: $input_file: Zero size\n";
+ next;
+ }
- unless ( ( -T $input_file ) || $rOpts->{'force-read-binary'} ) {
- print
-"skipping file: $input_file: Non-text (override with -f)\n";
- next;
- }
+ unless ( ( -T $input_file ) || $rOpts->{'force-read-binary'} ) {
+ Warn
+ "skipping file: $input_file: Non-text (override with -f)\n";
+ next;
+ }
- # we should have a valid filename now
- $fileroot = $input_file;
- $input_file_permissions = ( stat $input_file )[2] & 07777;
+ # we should have a valid filename now
+ $fileroot = $input_file;
+ $input_file_permissions = ( stat $input_file )[2] & 07777;
- if ( $^O eq 'VMS' ) {
- ( $fileroot, $dot ) = check_vms_filename($fileroot);
- }
+ if ( $^O eq 'VMS' ) {
+ ( $fileroot, $dot ) = check_vms_filename($fileroot);
+ }
- # add option to change path here
- if ( defined( $rOpts->{'output-path'} ) ) {
+ # add option to change path here
+ if ( defined( $rOpts->{'output-path'} ) ) {
- my ( $base, $old_path ) = fileparse($fileroot);
- my $new_path = $rOpts->{'output-path'};
- unless ( -d $new_path ) {
- unless ( mkdir $new_path, 0777 ) {
- die "unable to create directory $new_path: $!\n";
- }
+ my ( $base, $old_path ) = fileparse($fileroot);
+ my $new_path = $rOpts->{'output-path'};
+ unless ( -d $new_path ) {
+ unless ( mkdir $new_path, 0777 ) {
+ Die "unable to create directory $new_path: $!\n";
}
- my $path = $new_path;
- $fileroot = catfile( $path, $base );
- unless ($fileroot) {
- die <<EOM;
+ }
+ my $path = $new_path;
+ $fileroot = catfile( $path, $base );
+ unless ($fileroot) {
+ Die <<EOM;
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Problem combining $new_path and $base to make a filename; check -opath
------------------------------------------------------------------------
EOM
- }
}
}
+ }
- # Skip files with same extension as the output files because
- # this can lead to a messy situation with files like
- # script.tdy.tdy.tdy ... or worse problems ... when you
- # rerun perltidy over and over with wildcard input.
- if (
- !$source_stream
- && ( $input_file =~ /$forbidden_file_extensions/o
- || $input_file eq 'DIAGNOSTICS' )
- )
- {
- print "skipping file: $input_file: wrong extension\n";
- next;
- }
-
- # the 'source_object' supplies a method to read the input file
- my $source_object =
- Perl::Tidy::LineSource->new( $input_file, $rOpts,
- $rpending_logfile_message );
- next unless ($source_object);
+ # Skip files with same extension as the output files because
+ # this can lead to a messy situation with files like
+ # script.tdy.tdy.tdy ... or worse problems ... when you
+ # rerun perltidy over and over with wildcard input.
+ if (
+ !$source_stream
+ && ( $input_file =~ /$forbidden_file_extensions/o
+ || $input_file eq 'DIAGNOSTICS' )
+ )
+ {
+ Warn "skipping file: $input_file: wrong extension\n";
+ next;
+ }
- # Prefilters and postfilters: The prefilter is a code reference
- # that will be applied to the source before tidying, and the
- # postfilter is a code reference to the result before outputting.
- if ($prefilter) {
- my $buf = '';
- while ( my $line = $source_object->get_line() ) {
- $buf .= $line;
- }
- $buf = $prefilter->($buf);
+ # the 'source_object' supplies a method to read the input file
+ my $source_object =
+ Perl::Tidy::LineSource->new( $input_file, $rOpts,
+ $rpending_logfile_message );
+ next unless ($source_object);
- $source_object = Perl::Tidy::LineSource->new( \$buf, $rOpts,
- $rpending_logfile_message );
+ # Prefilters and postfilters: The prefilter is a code reference
+ # that will be applied to the source before tidying, and the
+ # postfilter is a code reference to the result before outputting.
+ if ($prefilter) {
+ my $buf = '';
+ while ( my $line = $source_object->get_line() ) {
+ $buf .= $line;
}
+ $buf = $prefilter->($buf);
- # register this file name with the Diagnostics package
- $diagnostics_object->set_input_file($input_file)
- if $diagnostics_object;
-
- #---------------------------------------------------------------
- # prepare the output stream
- #---------------------------------------------------------------
- my $output_file = undef;
- my $actual_output_extension;
+ $source_object = Perl::Tidy::LineSource->new( \$buf, $rOpts,
+ $rpending_logfile_message );
+ }
- if ( $rOpts->{'outfile'} ) {
+ # register this file name with the Diagnostics package
+ $diagnostics_object->set_input_file($input_file)
+ if $diagnostics_object;
- if ( $number_of_files <= 1 ) {
+ #---------------------------------------------------------------
+ # prepare the output stream
+ #---------------------------------------------------------------
+ my $output_file = undef;
+ my $actual_output_extension;
- if ( $rOpts->{'standard-output'} ) {
- die "You may not use -o and -st together\n";
- }
- elsif ($destination_stream) {
- die
-"You may not specify a destination array and -o together\n";
- }
- elsif ( defined( $rOpts->{'output-path'} ) ) {
- die "You may not specify -o and -opath together\n";
- }
- elsif ( defined( $rOpts->{'output-file-extension'} ) ) {
- die "You may not specify -o and -oext together\n";
- }
- $output_file = $rOpts->{outfile};
+ if ( $rOpts->{'outfile'} ) {
- # make sure user gives a file name after -o
- if ( $output_file =~ /^-/ ) {
- die "You must specify a valid filename after -o\n";
- }
+ if ( $number_of_files <= 1 ) {
- # do not overwrite input file with -o
- if ( defined($input_file_permissions)
- && ( $output_file eq $input_file ) )
- {
- die
- "Use 'perltidy -b $input_file' to modify in-place\n";
- }
+ if ( $rOpts->{'standard-output'} ) {
+ my $msg = "You may not use -o and -st together";
+ $msg .= " (-pbp contains -st; see manual)" if ($saw_pbp);
+ Die "$msg\n";
}
- else {
- die "You may not use -o with more than one input file\n";
+ elsif ($destination_stream) {
+ Die
+"You may not specify a destination array and -o together\n";
}
- }
- elsif ( $rOpts->{'standard-output'} ) {
- if ($destination_stream) {
- die
-"You may not specify a destination array and -st together\n";
+ elsif ( defined( $rOpts->{'output-path'} ) ) {
+ Die "You may not specify -o and -opath together\n";
+ }
+ elsif ( defined( $rOpts->{'output-file-extension'} ) ) {
+ Die "You may not specify -o and -oext together\n";
}
- $output_file = '-';
+ $output_file = $rOpts->{outfile};
- if ( $number_of_files <= 1 ) {
+ # make sure user gives a file name after -o
+ if ( $output_file =~ /^-/ ) {
+ Die "You must specify a valid filename after -o\n";
}
- else {
- die "You may not use -st with more than one input file\n";
+
+ # do not overwrite input file with -o
+ if ( defined($input_file_permissions)
+ && ( $output_file eq $input_file ) )
+ {
+ Die "Use 'perltidy -b $input_file' to modify in-place\n";
}
}
- elsif ($destination_stream) {
- $output_file = $destination_stream;
+ else {
+ Die "You may not use -o with more than one input file\n";
}
- elsif ($source_stream) { # source but no destination goes to stdout
- $output_file = '-';
+ }
+ elsif ( $rOpts->{'standard-output'} ) {
+ if ($destination_stream) {
+ my $msg =
+ "You may not specify a destination array and -st together\n";
+ $msg .= " (-pbp contains -st; see manual)" if ($saw_pbp);
+ Die "$msg\n";
}
- elsif ( $input_file eq '-' ) {
- $output_file = '-';
+ $output_file = '-';
+
+ if ( $number_of_files <= 1 ) {
}
else {
- if ($in_place_modify) {
- $output_file = IO::File->new_tmpfile()
- or die "cannot open temp file for -b option: $!\n";
- }
- else {
- $actual_output_extension = $output_extension;
- $output_file = $fileroot . $output_extension;
- }
+ Die "You may not use -st with more than one input file\n";
+ }
+ }
+ elsif ($destination_stream) {
+ $output_file = $destination_stream;
+ }
+ elsif ($source_stream) { # source but no destination goes to stdout
+ $output_file = '-';
+ }
+ elsif ( $input_file eq '-' ) {
+ $output_file = '-';
+ }
+ else {
+ if ($in_place_modify) {
+ $output_file = IO::File->new_tmpfile()
+ or Die "cannot open temp file for -b option: $!\n";
+ }
+ else {
+ $actual_output_extension = $output_extension;
+ $output_file = $fileroot . $output_extension;
}
+ }
- # the 'sink_object' knows how to write the output file
- my $tee_file = $fileroot . $dot . "TEE";
+ # the 'sink_object' knows how to write the output file
+ my $tee_file = $fileroot . $dot . "TEE";
- my $line_separator = $rOpts->{'output-line-ending'};
- if ( $rOpts->{'preserve-line-endings'} ) {
- $line_separator = find_input_line_ending($input_file);
- }
+ my $line_separator = $rOpts->{'output-line-ending'};
+ if ( $rOpts->{'preserve-line-endings'} ) {
+ $line_separator = find_input_line_ending($input_file);
+ }
- # Eventually all I/O may be done with binmode, but for now it is
- # only done when a user requests a particular line separator
- # through the -ple or -ole flags
- my $binmode = 0;
- if ( defined($line_separator) ) { $binmode = 1 }
- else { $line_separator = "\n" }
+ # Eventually all I/O may be done with binmode, but for now it is
+ # only done when a user requests a particular line separator
+ # through the -ple or -ole flags
+ my $binmode = 0;
+ if ( defined($line_separator) ) { $binmode = 1 }
+ else { $line_separator = "\n" }
- my ( $sink_object, $postfilter_buffer );
- if ($postfilter) {
+ my ( $sink_object, $postfilter_buffer );
+ if ($postfilter) {
+ $sink_object =
+ Perl::Tidy::LineSink->new( \$postfilter_buffer, $tee_file,
+ $line_separator, $rOpts, $rpending_logfile_message, $binmode );
+ }
+ else {
+ $sink_object =
+ Perl::Tidy::LineSink->new( $output_file, $tee_file,
+ $line_separator, $rOpts, $rpending_logfile_message, $binmode );
+ }
+
+ #---------------------------------------------------------------
+ # initialize the error logger for this file
+ #---------------------------------------------------------------
+ my $warning_file = $fileroot . $dot . "ERR";
+ if ($errorfile_stream) { $warning_file = $errorfile_stream }
+ my $log_file = $fileroot . $dot . "LOG";
+ if ($logfile_stream) { $log_file = $logfile_stream }
+
+ my $logger_object =
+ Perl::Tidy::Logger->new( $rOpts, $log_file, $warning_file,
+ $fh_stderr, $saw_extrude );
+ write_logfile_header(
+ $rOpts, $logger_object, $config_file,
+ $rraw_options, $Windows_type, $readable_options,
+ );
+ if ($$rpending_logfile_message) {
+ $logger_object->write_logfile_entry($$rpending_logfile_message);
+ }
+ if ($$rpending_complaint) {
+ $logger_object->complain($$rpending_complaint);
+ }
+
+ #---------------------------------------------------------------
+ # initialize the debug object, if any
+ #---------------------------------------------------------------
+ my $debugger_object = undef;
+ if ( $rOpts->{DEBUG} ) {
+ $debugger_object =
+ Perl::Tidy::Debugger->new( $fileroot . $dot . "DEBUG" );
+ }
+
+ #---------------------------------------------------------------
+ # loop over iterations for one source stream
+ #---------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ # We will do a convergence test if 3 or more iterations are allowed.
+ # It would be pointless for fewer because we have to make at least
+ # two passes before we can see if we are converged, and the test
+ # would just slow things down.
+ my $max_iterations = $rOpts->{'iterations'};
+ my $convergence_log_message;
+ my %saw_md5;
+ my $do_convergence_test = $max_iterations > 2;
+ if ($do_convergence_test) {
+ eval "use Digest::MD5 qw(md5_hex)";
+ $do_convergence_test = !$@;
+
+ # Trying to avoid problems with ancient versions of perl because
+ # I don't know in which version number utf8::encode was introduced.
+ eval { my $string = "perltidy"; utf8::encode($string) };
+ $do_convergence_test = $do_convergence_test && !$@;
+ }
+
+ # save objects to allow redirecting output during iterations
+ my $sink_object_final = $sink_object;
+ my $debugger_object_final = $debugger_object;
+ my $logger_object_final = $logger_object;
+
+ for ( my $iter = 1 ; $iter <= $max_iterations ; $iter++ ) {
+
+ # send output stream to temp buffers until last iteration
+ my $sink_buffer;
+ if ( $iter < $max_iterations ) {
$sink_object =
- Perl::Tidy::LineSink->new( \$postfilter_buffer, $tee_file,
+ Perl::Tidy::LineSink->new( \$sink_buffer, $tee_file,
$line_separator, $rOpts, $rpending_logfile_message,
$binmode );
}
else {
- $sink_object =
- Perl::Tidy::LineSink->new( $output_file, $tee_file,
- $line_separator, $rOpts, $rpending_logfile_message,
- $binmode );
+ $sink_object = $sink_object_final;
}
- #---------------------------------------------------------------
- # initialize the error logger
- #---------------------------------------------------------------
- my $warning_file = $fileroot . $dot . "ERR";
- if ($errorfile_stream) { $warning_file = $errorfile_stream }
- my $log_file = $fileroot . $dot . "LOG";
- if ($logfile_stream) { $log_file = $logfile_stream }
-
- my $logger_object =
- Perl::Tidy::Logger->new( $rOpts, $log_file, $warning_file,
- $saw_extrude );
- write_logfile_header(
- $rOpts, $logger_object, $config_file,
- $rraw_options, $Windows_type, $readable_options,
- );
- if ($$rpending_logfile_message) {
- $logger_object->write_logfile_entry($$rpending_logfile_message);
+ # Save logger, debugger output only on pass 1 because:
+ # (1) line number references must be to the starting
+ # source, not an intermediate result, and
+ # (2) we need to know if there are errors so we can stop the
+ # iterations early if necessary.
+ if ( $iter > 1 ) {
+ $debugger_object = undef;
+ $logger_object = undef;
+ }
+
+ #------------------------------------------------------------
+ # create a formatter for this file : html writer or
+ # pretty printer
+ #------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ # we have to delete any old formatter because, for safety,
+ # the formatter will check to see that there is only one.
+ $formatter = undef;
+
+ if ($user_formatter) {
+ $formatter = $user_formatter;
+ }
+ elsif ( $rOpts->{'format'} eq 'html' ) {
+ $formatter =
+ Perl::Tidy::HtmlWriter->new( $fileroot, $output_file,
+ $actual_output_extension, $html_toc_extension,
+ $html_src_extension );
+ }
+ elsif ( $rOpts->{'format'} eq 'tidy' ) {
+ $formatter = Perl::Tidy::Formatter->new(
+ logger_object => $logger_object,
+ diagnostics_object => $diagnostics_object,
+ sink_object => $sink_object,
+ );
+ }
+ else {
+ Die "I don't know how to do -format=$rOpts->{'format'}\n";
}
- if ($$rpending_complaint) {
- $logger_object->complain($$rpending_complaint);
+
+ unless ($formatter) {
+ Die "Unable to continue with $rOpts->{'format'} formatting\n";
}
#---------------------------------------------------------------
- # initialize the debug object, if any
+ # create the tokenizer for this file
#---------------------------------------------------------------
- my $debugger_object = undef;
- if ( $rOpts->{DEBUG} ) {
- $debugger_object =
- Perl::Tidy::Debugger->new( $fileroot . $dot . "DEBUG" );
- }
+ $tokenizer = undef; # must destroy old tokenizer
+ $tokenizer = Perl::Tidy::Tokenizer->new(
+ source_object => $source_object,
+ logger_object => $logger_object,
+ debugger_object => $debugger_object,
+ diagnostics_object => $diagnostics_object,
+ tabsize => $tabsize,
+
+ starting_level => $rOpts->{'starting-indentation-level'},
+ indent_columns => $rOpts->{'indent-columns'},
+ look_for_hash_bang => $rOpts->{'look-for-hash-bang'},
+ look_for_autoloader => $rOpts->{'look-for-autoloader'},
+ look_for_selfloader => $rOpts->{'look-for-selfloader'},
+ trim_qw => $rOpts->{'trim-qw'},
+
+ continuation_indentation =>
+ $rOpts->{'continuation-indentation'},
+ outdent_labels => $rOpts->{'outdent-labels'},
+ );
#---------------------------------------------------------------
- # loop over iterations for one source stream
+ # now we can do it
#---------------------------------------------------------------
+ process_this_file( $tokenizer, $formatter );
- # We will do a convergence test if 3 or more iterations are allowed.
- # It would be pointless for fewer because we have to make at least
- # two passes before we can see if we are converged, and the test
- # would just slow things down.
- my $max_iterations = $rOpts->{'iterations'};
- my $convergence_log_message;
- my %saw_md5;
- my $do_convergence_test = $max_iterations > 2;
- if ($do_convergence_test) {
- eval "use Digest::MD5 qw(md5_hex)";
- $do_convergence_test = !$@;
- }
-
- # save objects to allow redirecting output during iterations
- my $sink_object_final = $sink_object;
- my $debugger_object_final = $debugger_object;
- my $logger_object_final = $logger_object;
-
- for ( my $iter = 1 ; $iter <= $max_iterations ; $iter++ ) {
-
- # send output stream to temp buffers until last iteration
- my $sink_buffer;
- if ( $iter < $max_iterations ) {
- $sink_object =
- Perl::Tidy::LineSink->new( \$sink_buffer, $tee_file,
- $line_separator, $rOpts, $rpending_logfile_message,
- $binmode );
- }
- else {
- $sink_object = $sink_object_final;
- }
-
- # Save logger, debugger output only on pass 1 because:
- # (1) line number references must be to the starting
- # source, not an intermediate result, and
- # (2) we need to know if there are errors so we can stop the
- # iterations early if necessary.
- if ( $iter > 1 ) {
- $debugger_object = undef;
- $logger_object = undef;
- }
-
- #------------------------------------------------------------
- # create a formatter for this file : html writer or
- # pretty printer
- #------------------------------------------------------------
-
- # we have to delete any old formatter because, for safety,
- # the formatter will check to see that there is only one.
- $formatter = undef;
-
- if ($user_formatter) {
- $formatter = $user_formatter;
- }
- elsif ( $rOpts->{'format'} eq 'html' ) {
- $formatter =
- Perl::Tidy::HtmlWriter->new( $fileroot, $output_file,
- $actual_output_extension, $html_toc_extension,
- $html_src_extension );
- }
- elsif ( $rOpts->{'format'} eq 'tidy' ) {
- $formatter = Perl::Tidy::Formatter->new(
- logger_object => $logger_object,
- diagnostics_object => $diagnostics_object,
- sink_object => $sink_object,
- );
- }
- else {
- die "I don't know how to do -format=$rOpts->{'format'}\n";
- }
+ #---------------------------------------------------------------
+ # close the input source and report errors
+ #---------------------------------------------------------------
+ $source_object->close_input_file();
- unless ($formatter) {
- die
- "Unable to continue with $rOpts->{'format'} formatting\n";
- }
+ # line source for next iteration (if any) comes from the current
+ # temporary output buffer
+ if ( $iter < $max_iterations ) {
- #---------------------------------------------------------------
- # create the tokenizer for this file
- #---------------------------------------------------------------
- $tokenizer = undef; # must destroy old tokenizer
- $tokenizer = Perl::Tidy::Tokenizer->new(
- source_object => $source_object,
- logger_object => $logger_object,
- debugger_object => $debugger_object,
- diagnostics_object => $diagnostics_object,
- starting_level => $rOpts->{'starting-indentation-level'},
- tabs => $rOpts->{'tabs'},
- entab_leading_space => $rOpts->{'entab-leading-whitespace'},
- indent_columns => $rOpts->{'indent-columns'},
- look_for_hash_bang => $rOpts->{'look-for-hash-bang'},
- look_for_autoloader => $rOpts->{'look-for-autoloader'},
- look_for_selfloader => $rOpts->{'look-for-selfloader'},
- trim_qw => $rOpts->{'trim-qw'},
- );
+ $sink_object->close_output_file();
+ $source_object =
+ Perl::Tidy::LineSource->new( \$sink_buffer, $rOpts,
+ $rpending_logfile_message );
- #---------------------------------------------------------------
- # now we can do it
- #---------------------------------------------------------------
- process_this_file( $tokenizer, $formatter );
-
- #---------------------------------------------------------------
- # close the input source and report errors
- #---------------------------------------------------------------
- $source_object->close_input_file();
-
- # line source for next iteration (if any) comes from the current
- # temporary output buffer
- if ( $iter < $max_iterations ) {
-
- $sink_object->close_output_file();
- $source_object =
- Perl::Tidy::LineSource->new( \$sink_buffer, $rOpts,
- $rpending_logfile_message );
-
- # stop iterations if errors or converged
- my $stop_now = $logger_object->{_warning_count};
- if ($stop_now) {
- $convergence_log_message = <<EOM;
+ # stop iterations if errors or converged
+ my $stop_now = $logger_object->{_warning_count};
+ if ($stop_now) {
+ $convergence_log_message = <<EOM;
Stopping iterations because of errors.
EOM
+ }
+ elsif ($do_convergence_test) {
+
+ # Patch for [rt.cpan.org #88020]
+ # Use utf8::encode since md5_hex() only operates on bytes.
+ my $digest = md5_hex( utf8::encode($sink_buffer) );
+ if ( !$saw_md5{$digest} ) {
+ $saw_md5{$digest} = $iter;
}
- elsif ($do_convergence_test) {
- my $digest = md5_hex($sink_buffer);
- if ( !$saw_md5{$digest} ) {
- $saw_md5{$digest} = $iter;
- }
- else {
+ else {
- # Saw this result before, stop iterating
- $stop_now = 1;
- my $iterm = $iter - 1;
- if ( $saw_md5{$digest} != $iterm ) {
+ # Deja vu, stop iterating
+ $stop_now = 1;
+ my $iterm = $iter - 1;
+ if ( $saw_md5{$digest} != $iterm ) {
- # Blinking (oscillating) between two stable
- # end states. This has happened in the past
- # but at present there are no known instances.
- $convergence_log_message = <<EOM;
+ # Blinking (oscillating) between two stable
+ # end states. This has happened in the past
+ # but at present there are no known instances.
+ $convergence_log_message = <<EOM;
Blinking. Output for iteration $iter same as for $saw_md5{$digest}.
EOM
- $diagnostics_object->write_diagnostics(
- $convergence_log_message)
- if $diagnostics_object;
- }
- else {
- $convergence_log_message = <<EOM;
+ $diagnostics_object->write_diagnostics(
+ $convergence_log_message)
+ if $diagnostics_object;
+ }
+ else {
+ $convergence_log_message = <<EOM;
Converged. Output for iteration $iter same as for iter $iterm.
EOM
- $diagnostics_object->write_diagnostics(
- $convergence_log_message)
- if $diagnostics_object && $iterm > 2;
- }
+ $diagnostics_object->write_diagnostics(
+ $convergence_log_message)
+ if $diagnostics_object && $iterm > 2;
}
- } ## end if ($do_convergence_test)
+ }
+ } ## end if ($do_convergence_test)
- if ($stop_now) {
+ if ($stop_now) {
- # we are stopping the iterations early;
- # copy the output stream to its final destination
- $sink_object = $sink_object_final;
- while ( my $line = $source_object->get_line() ) {
- $sink_object->write_line($line);
- }
- $source_object->close_input_file();
- last;
+ # we are stopping the iterations early;
+ # copy the output stream to its final destination
+ $sink_object = $sink_object_final;
+ while ( my $line = $source_object->get_line() ) {
+ $sink_object->write_line($line);
}
- } ## end if ( $iter < $max_iterations)
- } # end loop over iterations for one source file
+ $source_object->close_input_file();
+ last;
+ }
+ } ## end if ( $iter < $max_iterations)
+ } # end loop over iterations for one source file
- # restore objects which have been temporarily undefined
- # for second and higher iterations
- $debugger_object = $debugger_object_final;
- $logger_object = $logger_object_final;
+ # restore objects which have been temporarily undefined
+ # for second and higher iterations
+ $debugger_object = $debugger_object_final;
+ $logger_object = $logger_object_final;
- $logger_object->write_logfile_entry($convergence_log_message)
- if $convergence_log_message;
+ $logger_object->write_logfile_entry($convergence_log_message)
+ if $convergence_log_message;
- #---------------------------------------------------------------
- # Perform any postfilter operation
- #---------------------------------------------------------------
- if ($postfilter) {
- $sink_object->close_output_file();
- $sink_object =
- Perl::Tidy::LineSink->new( $output_file, $tee_file,
- $line_separator, $rOpts, $rpending_logfile_message,
- $binmode );
- my $buf = $postfilter->($postfilter_buffer);
- $source_object =
- Perl::Tidy::LineSource->new( \$buf, $rOpts,
- $rpending_logfile_message );
- ##chomp $buf;
- ##foreach my $line ( split( "\n", $buf , -1) ) {
- while ( my $line = $source_object->get_line() ) {
- $sink_object->write_line($line);
- }
- $source_object->close_input_file();
+ #---------------------------------------------------------------
+ # Perform any postfilter operation
+ #---------------------------------------------------------------
+ if ($postfilter) {
+ $sink_object->close_output_file();
+ $sink_object =
+ Perl::Tidy::LineSink->new( $output_file, $tee_file,
+ $line_separator, $rOpts, $rpending_logfile_message, $binmode );
+ my $buf = $postfilter->($postfilter_buffer);
+ $source_object =
+ Perl::Tidy::LineSource->new( \$buf, $rOpts,
+ $rpending_logfile_message );
+ while ( my $line = $source_object->get_line() ) {
+ $sink_object->write_line($line);
}
+ $source_object->close_input_file();
+ }
- # Save names of the input and output files for syntax check
- my $ifname = $input_file;
- my $ofname = $output_file;
+ # Save names of the input and output files for syntax check
+ my $ifname = $input_file;
+ my $ofname = $output_file;
- #---------------------------------------------------------------
- # handle the -b option (backup and modify in-place)
- #---------------------------------------------------------------
- if ($in_place_modify) {
- unless ( -f $input_file ) {
+ #---------------------------------------------------------------
+ # handle the -b option (backup and modify in-place)
+ #---------------------------------------------------------------
+ if ($in_place_modify) {
+ unless ( -f $input_file ) {
- # oh, oh, no real file to backup ..
- # shouldn't happen because of numerous preliminary checks
- die
+ # oh, oh, no real file to backup ..
+ # shouldn't happen because of numerous preliminary checks
+ Die
"problem with -b backing up input file '$input_file': not a file\n";
- }
- my $backup_name = $input_file . $backup_extension;
- if ( -f $backup_name ) {
- unlink($backup_name)
- or die
+ }
+ my $backup_name = $input_file . $backup_extension;
+ if ( -f $backup_name ) {
+ unlink($backup_name)
+ or Die
"unable to remove previous '$backup_name' for -b option; check permissions: $!\n";
- }
+ }
- # backup the input file
- # we use copy for symlinks, move for regular files
- if ( -l $input_file ) {
- File::Copy::copy( $input_file, $backup_name )
- or die "File::Copy failed trying to backup source: $!";
- }
- else {
- rename( $input_file, $backup_name )
- or die
+ # backup the input file
+ # we use copy for symlinks, move for regular files
+ if ( -l $input_file ) {
+ File::Copy::copy( $input_file, $backup_name )
+ or Die "File::Copy failed trying to backup source: $!";
+ }
+ else {
+ rename( $input_file, $backup_name )
+ or Die
"problem renaming $input_file to $backup_name for -b option: $!\n";
- }
- $ifname = $backup_name;
-
- # copy the output to the original input file
- # NOTE: it would be nice to just close $output_file and use
- # File::Copy::copy here, but in this case $output_file is the
- # handle of an open nameless temporary file so we would lose
- # everything if we closed it.
- seek( $output_file, 0, 0 )
- or die
- "unable to rewind a temporary file for -b option: $!\n";
- my $fout = IO::File->new("> $input_file")
- or die
+ }
+ $ifname = $backup_name;
+
+ # copy the output to the original input file
+ # NOTE: it would be nice to just close $output_file and use
+ # File::Copy::copy here, but in this case $output_file is the
+ # handle of an open nameless temporary file so we would lose
+ # everything if we closed it.
+ seek( $output_file, 0, 0 )
+ or Die "unable to rewind a temporary file for -b option: $!\n";
+ my $fout = IO::File->new("> $input_file")
+ or Die
"problem re-opening $input_file for write for -b option; check file and directory permissions: $!\n";
- binmode $fout;
- my $line;
- while ( $line = $output_file->getline() ) {
- $fout->print($line);
- }
- $fout->close();
- $output_file = $input_file;
- $ofname = $input_file;
+ binmode $fout;
+ my $line;
+ while ( $line = $output_file->getline() ) {
+ $fout->print($line);
}
+ $fout->close();
+ $output_file = $input_file;
+ $ofname = $input_file;
+ }
- #---------------------------------------------------------------
- # clean up and report errors
- #---------------------------------------------------------------
- $sink_object->close_output_file() if $sink_object;
- $debugger_object->close_debug_file() if $debugger_object;
-
- # set output file permissions
- if ( $output_file && -f $output_file && !-l $output_file ) {
- if ($input_file_permissions) {
-
- # give output script same permissions as input script, but
- # make it user-writable or else we can't run perltidy again.
- # Thus we retain whatever executable flags were set.
- if ( $rOpts->{'format'} eq 'tidy' ) {
- chmod( $input_file_permissions | 0600, $output_file );
- }
+ #---------------------------------------------------------------
+ # clean up and report errors
+ #---------------------------------------------------------------
+ $sink_object->close_output_file() if $sink_object;
+ $debugger_object->close_debug_file() if $debugger_object;
+
+ # set output file permissions
+ if ( $output_file && -f $output_file && !-l $output_file ) {
+ if ($input_file_permissions) {
- # else use default permissions for html and any other format
+ # give output script same permissions as input script, but
+ # make it user-writable or else we can't run perltidy again.
+ # Thus we retain whatever executable flags were set.
+ if ( $rOpts->{'format'} eq 'tidy' ) {
+ chmod( $input_file_permissions | 0600, $output_file );
}
- }
- #---------------------------------------------------------------
- # Do syntax check if requested and possible
- #---------------------------------------------------------------
- my $infile_syntax_ok = 0; # -1 no 0=don't know 1 yes
- if ( $logger_object
- && $rOpts->{'check-syntax'}
- && $ifname
- && $ofname )
- {
- $infile_syntax_ok =
- check_syntax( $ifname, $ofname, $logger_object, $rOpts );
+ # else use default permissions for html and any other format
}
+ }
- #---------------------------------------------------------------
- # remove the original file for in-place modify as follows:
- # $delete_backup=0 never
- # $delete_backup=1 only if no errors
- # $delete_backup>1 always : CURRENTLY NOT ALLOWED, see above
- #---------------------------------------------------------------
- if ( $in_place_modify
- && $delete_backup
- && -f $ifname
- && ( $delete_backup > 1 || !$logger_object->{_warning_count} ) )
- {
+ #---------------------------------------------------------------
+ # Do syntax check if requested and possible
+ #---------------------------------------------------------------
+ my $infile_syntax_ok = 0; # -1 no 0=don't know 1 yes
+ if ( $logger_object
+ && $rOpts->{'check-syntax'}
+ && $ifname
+ && $ofname )
+ {
+ $infile_syntax_ok =
+ check_syntax( $ifname, $ofname, $logger_object, $rOpts );
+ }
- # As an added safety precaution, do not delete the source file
- # if its size has dropped from positive to zero, since this
- # could indicate a disaster of some kind, including a hardware
- # failure. Actually, this could happen if you had a file of
- # all comments (or pod) and deleted everything with -dac (-dap)
- # for some reason.
- if ( !-s $output_file && -s $ifname && $delete_backup == 1 ) {
- warn(
+ #---------------------------------------------------------------
+ # remove the original file for in-place modify as follows:
+ # $delete_backup=0 never
+ # $delete_backup=1 only if no errors
+ # $delete_backup>1 always : NOT ALLOWED, too risky, see above
+ #---------------------------------------------------------------
+ if ( $in_place_modify
+ && $delete_backup
+ && -f $ifname
+ && ( $delete_backup > 1 || !$logger_object->{_warning_count} ) )
+ {
+
+ # As an added safety precaution, do not delete the source file
+ # if its size has dropped from positive to zero, since this
+ # could indicate a disaster of some kind, including a hardware
+ # failure. Actually, this could happen if you had a file of
+ # all comments (or pod) and deleted everything with -dac (-dap)
+ # for some reason.
+ if ( !-s $output_file && -s $ifname && $delete_backup == 1 ) {
+ Warn(
"output file '$output_file' missing or zero length; original '$ifname' not deleted\n"
- );
- }
- else {
- unlink($ifname)
- or die
+ );
+ }
+ else {
+ unlink($ifname)
+ or Die
"unable to remove previous '$ifname' for -b option; check permissions: $!\n";
- }
}
+ }
- $logger_object->finish( $infile_syntax_ok, $formatter )
- if $logger_object;
- } # end of main loop to process all files
- } # end of main program perltidy
-}
+ $logger_object->finish( $infile_syntax_ok, $formatter )
+ if $logger_object;
+ } # end of main loop to process all files
+
+ NORMAL_EXIT:
+ return 0;
+
+ ERROR_EXIT:
+ return 1;
+} # end of main program perltidy
sub get_stream_as_named_file {
if ($fh_stream) {
my ( $fout, $tmpnam );
- # FIXME: fix the tmpnam routine to return an open filehandle
+ # TODO: fix the tmpnam routine to return an open filehandle
$tmpnam = Perl::Tidy::make_temporary_filename();
$fout = IO::File->new( $tmpnam, 'w' );
# fll --> fuzzy-line-length # a trivial parameter which gets
# turned off for the extrude option
# which is mainly for debugging
- # chk --> check-multiline-quotes # check for old bug; to be deleted
# scl --> short-concatenation-item-length # helps break at '.'
# recombine # for debugging line breaks
# valign # for debugging vertical alignment
if ($short_name) {
if ( $expansion{$short_name} ) {
my $existing_name = $expansion{$short_name}[0];
- die
+ Die
"redefining abbreviation $short_name for $long_name; already used for $existing_name\n";
}
$expansion{$short_name} = [$long_name];
my $nolong_name = 'no' . $long_name;
if ( $expansion{$nshort_name} ) {
my $existing_name = $expansion{$nshort_name}[0];
- die
+ Die
"attempting to redefine abbreviation $nshort_name for $nolong_name; already used for $existing_name\n";
}
$expansion{$nshort_name} = [$nolong_name];
########################################
$category = 1; # Basic formatting options
########################################
- $add_option->( 'check-syntax', 'syn', '!' );
- $add_option->( 'entab-leading-whitespace', 'et', '=i' );
- $add_option->( 'indent-columns', 'i', '=i' );
- $add_option->( 'maximum-line-length', 'l', '=i' );
- $add_option->( 'perl-syntax-check-flags', 'pscf', '=s' );
- $add_option->( 'preserve-line-endings', 'ple', '!' );
- $add_option->( 'tabs', 't', '!' );
+ $add_option->( 'check-syntax', 'syn', '!' );
+ $add_option->( 'entab-leading-whitespace', 'et', '=i' );
+ $add_option->( 'indent-columns', 'i', '=i' );
+ $add_option->( 'maximum-line-length', 'l', '=i' );
+ $add_option->( 'variable-maximum-line-length', 'vmll', '!' );
+ $add_option->( 'whitespace-cycle', 'wc', '=i' );
+ $add_option->( 'perl-syntax-check-flags', 'pscf', '=s' );
+ $add_option->( 'preserve-line-endings', 'ple', '!' );
+ $add_option->( 'tabs', 't', '!' );
+ $add_option->( 'default-tabsize', 'dt', '=i' );
########################################
$category = 2; # Code indentation control
$add_option->( 'square-bracket-tightness', 'sbt', '=i' );
$add_option->( 'square-bracket-vertical-tightness', 'sbvt', '=i' );
$add_option->( 'square-bracket-vertical-tightness-closing', 'sbvtc', '=i' );
+ $add_option->( 'tight-secret-operators', 'tso', '!' );
$add_option->( 'trim-qw', 'tqw', '!' );
+ $add_option->( 'trim-pod', 'trp', '!' );
$add_option->( 'want-left-space', 'wls', '=s' );
$add_option->( 'want-right-space', 'wrs', '=s' );
$add_option->( 'static-block-comments', 'sbc', '!' );
$add_option->( 'static-side-comment-prefix', 'sscp', '=s' );
$add_option->( 'static-side-comments', 'ssc', '!' );
+ $add_option->( 'ignore-side-comment-lengths', 'iscl', '!' );
########################################
$category = 5; # Linebreak controls
$add_option->( 'opening-sub-brace-on-new-line', 'sbl', '!' );
$add_option->( 'paren-vertical-tightness', 'pvt', '=i' );
$add_option->( 'paren-vertical-tightness-closing', 'pvtc', '=i' );
+ $add_option->( 'stack-closing-block-brace', 'scbb', '!' );
$add_option->( 'stack-closing-hash-brace', 'schb', '!' );
$add_option->( 'stack-closing-paren', 'scp', '!' );
$add_option->( 'stack-closing-square-bracket', 'scsb', '!' );
+ $add_option->( 'stack-opening-block-brace', 'sobb', '!' );
$add_option->( 'stack-opening-hash-brace', 'sohb', '!' );
$add_option->( 'stack-opening-paren', 'sop', '!' );
$add_option->( 'stack-opening-square-bracket', 'sosb', '!' );
########################################
$add_option->( 'DEBUG', 'D', '!' );
$add_option->( 'DIAGNOSTICS', 'I', '!' );
- $add_option->( 'check-multiline-quotes', 'chk', '!' );
$add_option->( 'dump-defaults', 'ddf', '!' );
$add_option->( 'dump-long-names', 'dln', '!' );
$add_option->( 'dump-options', 'dop', '!' );
$add_option->( 'short-concatenation-item-length', 'scl', '=i' );
$add_option->( 'show-options', 'opt', '!' );
$add_option->( 'version', 'v', '' );
+ $add_option->( 'memoize', 'mem', '!' );
#---------------------------------------------------------------------
'closing-token-indentation' => [ 0, 3 ],
'closing-side-comment-else-flag' => [ 0, 2 ],
- 'comma-arrow-breakpoints' => [ 0, 3 ],
+ 'comma-arrow-breakpoints' => [ 0, 5 ],
);
# Note: we could actually allow negative ci if someone really wants it:
break-at-old-ternary-breakpoints
break-at-old-attribute-breakpoints
break-at-old-keyword-breakpoints
- comma-arrow-breakpoints=1
+ comma-arrow-breakpoints=5
nocheck-syntax
closing-side-comment-interval=6
closing-side-comment-maximum-text=20
maximum-consecutive-blank-lines=1
maximum-fields-per-table=0
maximum-line-length=80
+ memoize
minimum-space-to-comment=4
nobrace-left-and-indent
nocuddled-else
format=tidy
backup-file-extension=bak
format-skipping
+ default-tabsize=8
pod2html
html-table-of-contents
'nsct' => [qw(nscp nschb nscsb)],
'nostack-opening-tokens' => [qw(nscp nschb nscsb)],
+ 'sac' => [qw(sot sct)],
+ 'nsac' => [qw(nsot nsct)],
+ 'stack-all-containers' => [qw(sot sct)],
+ 'nostack-all-containers' => [qw(nsot nsct)],
+
+ 'act=0' => [qw(pt=0 sbt=0 bt=0 bbt=0)],
+ 'act=1' => [qw(pt=1 sbt=1 bt=1 bbt=1)],
+ 'act=2' => [qw(pt=2 sbt=2 bt=2 bbt=2)],
+ 'all-containers-tightness=0' => [qw(pt=0 sbt=0 bt=0 bbt=0)],
+ 'all-containers-tightness=1' => [qw(pt=1 sbt=1 bt=1 bbt=1)],
+ 'all-containers-tightness=2' => [qw(pt=2 sbt=2 bt=2 bbt=2)],
+
+ 'stack-opening-block-brace' => [qw(bbvt=2 bbvtl=*)],
+ 'sobb' => [qw(bbvt=2 bbvtl=*)],
+ 'nostack-opening-block-brace' => [qw(bbvt=0)],
+ 'nsobb' => [qw(bbvt=0)],
+
+ 'converge' => [qw(it=4)],
+ 'noconverge' => [qw(it=1)],
+ 'conv' => [qw(it=4)],
+ 'nconv' => [qw(it=1)],
+
# 'mangle' originally deleted pod and comments, but to keep it
# reversible, it no longer does. But if you really want to
# delete them, just use:
} # end of generate_options
+# Memoize process_command_line. Given same @ARGV passed in, return same
+# values and same @ARGV back.
+# This patch was supplied by Jonathan Swartz Nov 2012 and significantly speeds
+# up masontidy (https://metacpan.org/module/masontidy)
+
+my %process_command_line_cache;
+
sub process_command_line {
my (
$rpending_complaint, $dump_options_type
) = @_;
+ my $use_cache = !defined($perltidyrc_stream) && !$dump_options_type;
+ if ($use_cache) {
+ my $cache_key = join( chr(28), @ARGV );
+ if ( my $result = $process_command_line_cache{$cache_key} ) {
+ my ( $argv, @retvals ) = @$result;
+ @ARGV = @$argv;
+ return @retvals;
+ }
+ else {
+ my @retvals = _process_command_line(@_);
+ $process_command_line_cache{$cache_key} = [ \@ARGV, @retvals ]
+ if $retvals[0]->{'memoize'};
+ return @retvals;
+ }
+ }
+ else {
+ return _process_command_line(@_);
+ }
+}
+
+# (note the underscore here)
+sub _process_command_line {
+
+ my (
+ $perltidyrc_stream, $is_Windows, $Windows_type,
+ $rpending_complaint, $dump_options_type
+ ) = @_;
+
use Getopt::Long;
my (
else { $glc = undef }
if ( !GetOptions( \%Opts, @$roption_string ) ) {
- die "Programming Bug: error in setting default options";
+ Die "Programming Bug: error in setting default options";
}
# Patch to put the previous Getopt::Long configuration back
my $config_file = "";
my $saw_ignore_profile = 0;
my $saw_extrude = 0;
+ my $saw_pbp = 0;
my $saw_dump_profile = 0;
my $i;
}
elsif ( $i =~ /^-(pro|profile)=(.+)/ ) {
if ($config_file) {
- warn
+ Warn
"Only one -pro=filename allowed, using '$2' instead of '$config_file'\n";
}
$config_file = $2;
}
}
unless ( -e $config_file ) {
- warn "cannot find file given with -pro=$config_file: $!\n";
+ Warn "cannot find file given with -pro=$config_file: $!\n";
$config_file = "";
}
}
elsif ( $i =~ /^-(pro|profile)=?$/ ) {
- die "usage: -pro=filename or --profile=filename, no spaces\n";
+ Die "usage: -pro=filename or --profile=filename, no spaces\n";
}
elsif ( $i =~ /^-extrude$/ ) {
$saw_extrude = 1;
}
+ elsif ( $i =~ /^-(pbp|perl-best-practices)$/ ) {
+ $saw_pbp = 1;
+ }
elsif ( $i =~ /^-(help|h|HELP|H|\?)$/ ) {
usage();
- exit 0;
+ Exit 0;
}
elsif ( $i =~ /^-(version|v)$/ ) {
show_version();
- exit 0;
+ Exit 0;
}
elsif ( $i =~ /^-(dump-defaults|ddf)$/ ) {
dump_defaults(@$rdefaults);
- exit 0;
+ Exit 0;
}
elsif ( $i =~ /^-(dump-long-names|dln)$/ ) {
dump_long_names(@$roption_string);
- exit 0;
+ Exit 0;
}
elsif ( $i =~ /^-(dump-short-names|dsn)$/ ) {
dump_short_names($rexpansion);
- exit 0;
+ Exit 0;
}
elsif ( $i =~ /^-(dump-token-types|dtt)$/ ) {
Perl::Tidy::Tokenizer->dump_token_types(*STDOUT);
- exit 0;
+ Exit 0;
}
}
if ( $saw_dump_profile && $saw_ignore_profile ) {
- warn "No profile to dump because of -npro\n";
- exit 1;
+ Warn "No profile to dump because of -npro\n";
+ Exit 1;
}
#---------------------------------------------------------------
# line.
if ($perltidyrc_stream) {
if ($config_file) {
- warn <<EOM;
+ Warn <<EOM;
Conflict: a perltidyrc configuration file was specified both as this
perltidy call parameter: $perltidyrc_stream
and with this -profile=$config_file.
if ($saw_dump_profile) {
dump_config_file( $fh_config, $config_file, $rconfig_file_chatter );
- exit 0;
+ Exit 0;
}
if ($fh_config) {
- my ( $rconfig_list, $death_message ) =
+ my ( $rconfig_list, $death_message, $_saw_pbp ) =
read_config_file( $fh_config, $config_file, $rexpansion );
- die $death_message if ($death_message);
+ Die $death_message if ($death_message);
+ $saw_pbp ||= $_saw_pbp;
# process any .perltidyrc parameters right now so we can
# localize errors
$config_file );
if ( !GetOptions( \%Opts, @$roption_string ) ) {
- die
+ Die
"Error in this config file: $config_file \nUse -npro to ignore this file, -h for help'\n";
}
last;
}
}
- die <<EOM;
+ Die <<EOM;
There are $count unrecognized values in the configuration file '$config_file':
$str
Use leading dashes for parameters. Use -npro to ignore this file.
if ( defined( $Opts{$_} ) ) {
delete $Opts{$_};
- warn "ignoring --$_ in config file: $config_file\n";
+ Warn "ignoring --$_ in config file: $config_file\n";
}
}
}
#---------------------------------------------------------------
expand_command_abbreviations( $rexpansion, \@raw_options, $config_file );
+ local $SIG{'__WARN__'} = sub { Warn $_[0] };
if ( !GetOptions( \%Opts, @$roption_string ) ) {
- die "Error on command line; for help try 'perltidy -h'\n";
+ Die "Error on command line; for help try 'perltidy -h'\n";
}
- return ( \%Opts, $config_file, \@raw_options, $saw_extrude, $roption_string,
- $rexpansion, $roption_category, $roption_range );
+ return (
+ \%Opts, $config_file, \@raw_options,
+ $saw_extrude, $saw_pbp, $roption_string,
+ $rexpansion, $roption_category, $roption_range
+ );
} # end of process_command_line
sub check_options {
if ( $rOpts->{'blank-lines-before-subs'} ) {
if ( $rOpts->{'blank-lines-before-subs'} < 0 ) {
$rOpts->{'blank-lines-before-subs'} = 0;
- warn "negative value of -blbs, setting 0\n";
+ Warn "negative value of -blbs, setting 0\n";
}
if ( $rOpts->{'blank-lines-before-subs'} > 100 ) {
- warn "unreasonably large value of -blbs, reducing\n";
+ Warn "unreasonably large value of -blbs, reducing\n";
$rOpts->{'blank-lines-before-subs'} = 100;
}
}
if ( $rOpts->{'blank-lines-before-packages'} ) {
if ( $rOpts->{'blank-lines-before-packages'} < 0 ) {
- warn "negative value of -blbp, setting 0\n";
+ Warn "negative value of -blbp, setting 0\n";
$rOpts->{'blank-lines-before-packages'} = 0;
}
if ( $rOpts->{'blank-lines-before-packages'} > 100 ) {
- warn "unreasonably large value of -blbp, reducing\n";
+ Warn "unreasonably large value of -blbp, reducing\n";
$rOpts->{'blank-lines-before-packages'} = 100;
}
}
if ( $rOpts->{'opening-brace-always-on-right'}
&& $rOpts->{'opening-brace-on-new-line'} )
{
- warn <<EOM;
+ Warn <<EOM;
Conflict: you specified both 'opening-brace-always-on-right' (-bar) and
'opening-brace-on-new-line' (-bl). Ignoring -bl.
EOM
if ( $rOpts->{'entab-leading-whitespace'} ) {
if ( $rOpts->{'entab-leading-whitespace'} < 0 ) {
- warn "-et=n must use a positive integer; ignoring -et\n";
+ Warn "-et=n must use a positive integer; ignoring -et\n";
$rOpts->{'entab-leading-whitespace'} = undef;
}
# entab leading whitespace has priority over the older 'tabs' option
if ( $rOpts->{'tabs'} ) { $rOpts->{'tabs'} = 0; }
}
+
+ # set a default tabsize to be used in guessing the starting indentation
+ # level if and only if this run does not use tabs and the old code does
+ # use tabs
+ if ( $rOpts->{'default-tabsize'} ) {
+ if ( $rOpts->{'default-tabsize'} < 0 ) {
+ Warn "negative value of -dt, setting 0\n";
+ $rOpts->{'default-tabsize'} = 0;
+ }
+ if ( $rOpts->{'default-tabsize'} > 20 ) {
+ Warn "unreasonably large value of -dt, reducing\n";
+ $rOpts->{'default-tabsize'} = 20;
+ }
+ }
+ else {
+ $rOpts->{'default-tabsize'} = 8;
+ }
+
+ # Define $tabsize, the number of spaces per tab for use in
+ # guessing the indentation of source lines with leading tabs.
+ # Assume same as for this run if tabs are used , otherwise assume
+ # a default value, typically 8
+ my $tabsize =
+ $rOpts->{'entab-leading-whitespace'}
+ ? $rOpts->{'entab-leading-whitespace'}
+ : $rOpts->{'tabs'} ? $rOpts->{'indent-columns'}
+ : $rOpts->{'default-tabsize'};
+ return $tabsize;
}
sub find_file_upwards {
my ( $search_dir, $search_file ) = @_;
- $search_dir =~ s{/+$}{};
+ $search_dir =~ s{/+$}{};
$search_file =~ s{^/+}{};
while (1) {
# make sure we are not in an infinite loop
if ( $pass_count == $max_passes ) {
- print STDERR
-"I'm tired. We seem to be in an infinite loop trying to expand aliases.\n";
- print STDERR "Here are the raw options\n";
local $" = ')(';
- print STDERR "(@$rraw_options)\n";
+ Warn <<EOM;
+I'm tired. We seem to be in an infinite loop trying to expand aliases.
+Here are the raw options;
+(rraw_options)
+EOM
my $num = @new_argv;
-
if ( $num < 50 ) {
- print STDERR "After $max_passes passes here is ARGV\n";
- print STDERR "(@new_argv)\n";
+ Warn <<EOM;
+After $max_passes passes here is ARGV
+(@new_argv)
+EOM
}
else {
- print STDERR "After $max_passes passes ARGV has $num entries\n";
+ Warn <<EOM;
+After $max_passes passes ARGV has $num entries
+EOM
}
if ($config_file) {
- die <<"DIE";
+ Die <<"DIE";
Please check your configuration file $config_file for circular-references.
To deactivate it, use -npro.
DIE
}
else {
- die <<'DIE';
+ Die <<'DIE';
Program bug - circular-references in the %expansion hash, probably due to
a recent program change.
DIE
# normalise filename, if there are no unescaped dots then append one
$base .= '.' unless $base =~ /(?:^|[^^])\./;
- # if we don't already have an extension then we just append the extention
+ # if we don't already have an extension then we just append the extension
my $separator = ( $base =~ /\.$/ ) ? "" : "_";
return ( $path . $base, $separator );
}
EOS
}
- # Unfortunately the logic used for the various versions isnt so clever..
+ # Unfortunately the logic used for the various versions isn't so clever..
# so we have to handle an outside case.
return ( $os eq "2000" && $major != 5 ) ? "NT4" : $os;
}
$$rconfig_file_chatter .= " $^O\n";
}
- # sub to check file existance and record all tests
+ # sub to check file existence and record all tests
my $exists_config_file = sub {
my $config_file = shift;
return 0 unless $config_file;
# network def
push @envs, qw(USERPROFILE HOMESHARE) if $^O =~ /win32/i;
- # Now go through the enviornment ...
+ # Now go through the environment ...
foreach my $var (@envs) {
$$rconfig_file_chatter .= "# Examining: \$ENV{$var}";
if ( defined( $ENV{$var} ) ) {
}
else {
- # This currently would only happen on a win32s computer. I dont have
+ # This currently would only happen on a win32s computer. I don't have
# one to test, so I am unsure how to proceed. Suggestions welcome!
$$rpending_complaint .=
"I dont know a sensible place to look for config files on an $os system.\n";
my ( $fh, $config_file, $rexpansion ) = @_;
my @config_list = ();
+ my $saw_pbp;
# file is bad if non-empty $death_message is returned
my $death_message = "";
}
if ($body) {
+ if ( !$saw_pbp && $body =~ /-(pbp|perl-best-practices)/ ) {
+ $saw_pbp = 1;
+ }
+
# handle a new alias definition
if ($newname) {
if ($name) {
}
}
eval { $fh->close() };
- return ( \@config_list, $death_message );
+ return ( \@config_list, $death_message, $saw_pbp );
}
sub strip_comment {
}
sub show_version {
- print <<"EOM";
+ print STDOUT <<"EOM";
This is perltidy, v$VERSION
-Copyright 2000-2012, Steve Hancock
+Copyright 2000-2013, Steve Hancock
Perltidy is free software and may be copied under the terms of the GNU
General Public License, which is included in the distribution files.
-npro ignore .perltidyrc configuration command file
-pro=file read configuration commands from file instead of .perltidyrc
-st send output to standard output, STDOUT
- -se send error output to standard error output, STDERR
+ -se send all error output to standard error output, STDERR
-v display version number to standard output and quit
Basic Options:
if ( $flags !~ /(^-x|\s+-x)/ ) { $flags .= " -x" }
}
- # this shouldn't happen unless a termporary file couldn't be made
+ # this shouldn't happen unless a temporary file couldn't be made
if ( $istream eq '-' ) {
$logger_object->write_logfile_entry(
"Cannot run perl -c on STDIN and STDOUT\n");
# a getline method which reads lines (mode='r'), or
# a print method which reads lines (mode='w')
#
-# NOTE: this routine assumes that that there aren't any embedded
+# NOTE: this routine assumes that there aren't any embedded
# newlines within any of the array elements. There are no checks
# for that.
#
sub close_input_file {
my $self = shift;
- eval { $self->{_fh}->close() };
+
+ # Only close physical files, not STDIN and other objects
+ my $filename = $self->{_filename};
+ if ( $filename ne '-' && !ref $filename ) {
+ eval { $self->{_fh}->close() };
+ }
}
sub get_line {
if ( $rOpts->{'format'} eq 'tidy' ) {
( $fh, $output_file ) = Perl::Tidy::streamhandle( $output_file, 'w' );
- unless ($fh) { die "Cannot write to output stream\n"; }
+ unless ($fh) { Perl::Tidy::Die "Cannot write to output stream\n"; }
$output_file_open = 1;
if ($binmode) {
if ( ref($fh) eq 'IO::File' ) {
my $tee_file = $self->{_tee_file};
my $fh_tee;
$fh_tee = IO::File->new(">$tee_file")
- or die("couldn't open TEE file $tee_file: $!\n");
+ or Perl::Tidy::Die("couldn't open TEE file $tee_file: $!\n");
binmode $fh_tee if $self->{_binmode};
$self->{_tee_file_opened} = 1;
$self->{_fh_tee} = $fh_tee;
sub close_output_file {
my $self = shift;
- eval { $self->{_fh}->close() } if $self->{_output_file_open};
+
+ # Only close physical files, not STDOUT and other objects
+ my $output_file = $self->{_output_file};
+ if ( $output_file ne '-' && !ref $output_file ) {
+ eval { $self->{_fh}->close() } if $self->{_output_file_open};
+ }
$self->close_tee_file();
}
sub close_tee_file {
my $self = shift;
+ # Only close physical files, not STDOUT and other objects
if ( $self->{_tee_file_opened} ) {
- eval { $self->{_fh_tee}->close() };
- $self->{_tee_file_opened} = 0;
+ my $tee_file = $self->{_tee_file};
+ if ( $tee_file ne '-' && !ref $tee_file ) {
+ eval { $self->{_fh_tee}->close() };
+ $self->{_tee_file_opened} = 0;
+ }
}
}
sub new {
my $class = shift;
my $fh;
- my ( $rOpts, $log_file, $warning_file, $saw_extrude ) = @_;
+ my ( $rOpts, $log_file, $warning_file, $fh_stderr, $saw_extrude, ) = @_;
+
+ my $fh_warnings = $rOpts->{'standard-error-output'} ? $fh_stderr : undef;
- # remove any old error output file
- unless ( ref($warning_file) ) {
+ # remove any old error output file if we might write a new one
+ unless ( $fh_warnings || ref($warning_file) ) {
if ( -e $warning_file ) { unlink($warning_file) }
}
bless {
_log_file => $log_file,
_rOpts => $rOpts,
- _fh_warnings => undef,
+ _fh_warnings => $fh_warnings,
_last_input_line_written => 0,
_at_end_of_file => 0,
_use_prefix => 1,
}, $class;
}
-sub close_log_file {
-
- my $self = shift;
- if ( $self->{_fh_warnings} ) {
- eval { $self->{_fh_warnings}->close() };
- $self->{_fh_warnings} = undef;
- }
-}
-
sub get_warning_count {
my $self = shift;
return $self->{_warning_count};
sub write_logfile_entry {
my $self = shift;
- # add leading >>> to avoid confusing error mesages and code
+ # add leading >>> to avoid confusing error messages and code
$self->logfile_output( ">>>", "@_" );
}
my $brace_depth = $line_of_tokens->{_curly_brace_depth};
my $paren_depth = $line_of_tokens->{_paren_depth};
my $square_bracket_depth = $line_of_tokens->{_square_bracket_depth};
- my $python_indentation_level =
- $line_of_tokens->{_python_indentation_level};
+ my $guessed_indentation_level =
+ $line_of_tokens->{_guessed_indentation_level};
my $rlevels = $line_of_tokens->{_rlevels};
my $rnesting_tokens = $line_of_tokens->{_rnesting_tokens};
my $rci_levels = $line_of_tokens->{_rci_levels};
$nesting_string =
$nesting_string_new . " " x ( 8 - length($nesting_string_new) );
}
- if ( $python_indentation_level < 0 ) { $python_indentation_level = 0 }
$line_information_string =
-"L$input_line_number:$output_line_number$extra_space i$python_indentation_level:$structural_indentation_level $ci_level $bk $nesting_string";
+"L$input_line_number:$output_line_number$extra_space i$guessed_indentation_level:$structural_indentation_level $ci_level $bk $nesting_string";
}
return $line_information_string;
}
unless ( $rOpts->{'quiet'} ) {
my $warning_count = $self->{_warning_count};
- unless ($warning_count) {
+ my $fh_warnings = $self->{_fh_warnings};
+ if ( !$fh_warnings ) {
my $warning_file = $self->{_warning_file};
- my $fh_warnings;
- if ( $rOpts->{'standard-error-output'} ) {
- $fh_warnings = *STDERR;
- }
- else {
- ( $fh_warnings, my $filename ) =
- Perl::Tidy::streamhandle( $warning_file, 'w' );
- $fh_warnings or die("couldn't open $filename $!\n");
- warn "## Please see file $filename\n" unless ref($warning_file);
- }
+ ( $fh_warnings, my $filename ) =
+ Perl::Tidy::streamhandle( $warning_file, 'w' );
+ $fh_warnings or Perl::Tidy::Die("couldn't open $filename $!\n");
+ Perl::Tidy::Warn "## Please see file $filename\n"
+ unless ref($warning_file);
$self->{_fh_warnings} = $fh_warnings;
}
- my $fh_warnings = $self->{_fh_warnings};
if ( $warning_count < WARNING_LIMIT ) {
if ( $self->get_use_prefix() > 0 ) {
my $input_line_number =
if ($fh) {
my $routput_array = $self->{_output_array};
foreach ( @{$routput_array} ) { $fh->print($_) }
- eval { $fh->close() };
+ if ( $log_file ne '-' && !ref $log_file ) {
+ eval { $fh->close() };
+ }
}
}
}
( $html_fh, my $html_filename ) =
Perl::Tidy::streamhandle( $html_file, 'w' );
unless ($html_fh) {
- warn("can't open $html_file: $!\n");
+ Perl::Tidy::Warn("can't open $html_file: $!\n");
return undef;
}
$html_file_opened = 1;
else {
eval "use Pod::Html";
if ($@) {
- warn
+ Perl::Tidy::Warn
"unable to find Pod::Html; cannot use pod2html\n-npod disables this message\n";
undef $rOpts->{'pod2html'};
}
my $src_filename;
if ( $rOpts->{'frames'} ) {
unless ($extension) {
- warn
+ Perl::Tidy::Warn
"cannot use frames without a specified output extension; ignoring -frm\n";
undef $rOpts->{'frames'};
}
);
# These token types will all be called identifiers for now
- # FIXME: need to separate user defined modules as separate type
- my @identifier = qw" i t U C Y Z G :: ";
+ # FIXME: could separate user defined modules as separate type
+ my @identifier = qw" i t U C Y Z G :: CORE::";
@token_short_names{@identifier} = ('i') x scalar(@identifier);
# These token types will be called 'structure'
# write style sheet to STDOUT and die if requested
if ( defined( $rOpts->{'stylesheet'} ) ) {
write_style_sheet_file('-');
- exit 0;
+ Perl::Tidy::Exit 0;
}
# make sure user gives a file name after -css
if ( defined( $rOpts->{'html-linked-style-sheet'} ) ) {
$css_linkname = $rOpts->{'html-linked-style-sheet'};
if ( $css_linkname =~ /^-/ ) {
- die "You must specify a valid filename after -css\n";
+ Perl::Tidy::Die "You must specify a valid filename after -css\n";
}
}
my $css_filename = shift;
my $fh;
unless ( $fh = IO::File->new("> $css_filename") ) {
- die "can't open $css_filename: $!\n";
+ Perl::Tidy::Die "can't open $css_filename: $!\n";
}
write_style_sheet_data($fh);
eval { $fh->close };
}
my $fh_tmp = IO::File->new( $tmpfile, 'w' );
unless ($fh_tmp) {
- warn "unable to open temporary file $tmpfile; cannot use pod2html\n";
+ Perl::Tidy::Warn
+ "unable to open temporary file $tmpfile; cannot use pod2html\n";
return $success_flag;
}
# Must clean up if pod2html dies (it can);
# Be careful not to overwrite callers __DIE__ routine
local $SIG{__DIE__} = sub {
- print $_[0];
unlink $tmpfile if -e $tmpfile;
- exit 1;
+ Perl::Tidy::Die $_[0];
};
pod2html(@args);
unless ($fh_tmp) {
# this error shouldn't happen ... we just used this filename
- warn "unable to open temporary file $tmpfile; cannot use pod2html\n";
+ Perl::Tidy::Warn
+ "unable to open temporary file $tmpfile; cannot use pod2html\n";
goto RETURN;
}
my $html_fh = $self->{_html_fh};
my @toc;
my $in_toc;
+ my $ul_level = 0;
my $no_print;
# This routine will write the html selectively and store the toc
$title = escape_html($title);
$html_print->("<h1>$title</h1>\n");
}
+
+ # check for start of index, old pod2html
+ # before Pod::Html VERSION 1.15_02 it is delimited by comments as:
+ # <!-- INDEX BEGIN -->
+ # <ul>
+ # ...
+ # </ul>
+ # <!-- INDEX END -->
+ #
elsif ( $line =~ /^\s*<!-- INDEX BEGIN -->\s*$/i ) {
- $in_toc = 1;
+ $in_toc = 'INDEX';
+
+ # when frames are used, an extra table of contents in the
+ # contents panel is confusing, so don't print it
+ $no_print = $rOpts->{'frames'}
+ || !$rOpts->{'html-table-of-contents'};
+ $html_print->("<h2>Doc Index:</h2>\n") if $rOpts->{'frames'};
+ $html_print->($line);
+ }
+
+ # check for start of index, new pod2html
+ # After Pod::Html VERSION 1.15_02 it is delimited as:
+ # <ul id="index">
+ # ...
+ # </ul>
+ elsif ( $line =~ /^\s*<ul\s+id="index">/i ) {
+ $in_toc = 'UL';
+ $ul_level = 1;
# when frames are used, an extra table of contents in the
# contents panel is confusing, so don't print it
$html_print->($line);
}
- # Copy the perltidy toc, if any, after the Pod::Html toc
+ # Check for end of index, old pod2html
elsif ( $line =~ /^\s*<!-- INDEX END -->\s*$/i ) {
$saw_index = 1;
$html_print->($line);
+
+ # Copy the perltidy toc, if any, after the Pod::Html toc
if ($toc_string) {
$html_print->("<hr />\n") if $rOpts->{'frames'};
$html_print->("<h2>Code Index:</h2>\n");
my @toc = map { $_ .= "\n" } split /\n/, $toc_string;
$html_print->(@toc);
}
- $in_toc = 0;
+ $in_toc = "";
$no_print = 0;
}
+ # must track <ul> depth level for new pod2html
+ elsif ( $line =~ /\s*<ul>\s*$/i && $in_toc eq 'UL' ) {
+ $ul_level++;
+ $html_print->($line);
+ }
+
+ # Check for end of index, for new pod2html
+ elsif ( $line =~ /\s*<\/ul>/i && $in_toc eq 'UL' ) {
+ $ul_level--;
+ $html_print->($line);
+
+ # Copy the perltidy toc, if any, after the Pod::Html toc
+ if ( $ul_level <= 0 ) {
+ $saw_index = 1;
+ if ($toc_string) {
+ $html_print->("<hr />\n") if $rOpts->{'frames'};
+ $html_print->("<h2>Code Index:</h2>\n");
+ my @toc = map { $_ .= "\n" } split /\n/, $toc_string;
+ $html_print->(@toc);
+ }
+ $in_toc = "";
+ $ul_level = 0;
+ $no_print = 0;
+ }
+ }
+
# Copy one perltidy section after each marker
elsif ( $line =~ /^(.*)<!-- pERLTIDY sECTION -->(.*)$/ ) {
$line = $2;
# shouldn't happen: we stored a string before writing
# each marker.
- warn
+ Perl::Tidy::Warn
"Problem merging html stream with pod2html; order may be wrong\n";
}
$html_print->($line);
$success_flag = 1;
unless ($saw_body) {
- warn "Did not see <body> in pod2html output\n";
+ Perl::Tidy::Warn "Did not see <body> in pod2html output\n";
$success_flag = 0;
}
unless ($saw_body_end) {
- warn "Did not see </body> in pod2html output\n";
+ Perl::Tidy::Warn "Did not see </body> in pod2html output\n";
$success_flag = 0;
}
unless ($saw_index) {
- warn "Did not find INDEX END in pod2html output\n";
+ Perl::Tidy::Warn "Did not find INDEX END in pod2html output\n";
$success_flag = 0;
}
# 2. The current .html filename is renamed to be the contents panel
rename( $html_filename, $src_filename )
- or die "Cannot rename $html_filename to $src_filename:$!\n";
+ or Perl::Tidy::Die "Cannot rename $html_filename to $src_filename:$!\n";
# 3. Then use the original html filename for the frame
write_frame_html(
# write a separate html table of contents file for frames
my ( $title, $toc_filename, $src_basename, $rtoc, $src_frame_name ) = @_;
my $fh = IO::File->new( $toc_filename, 'w' )
- or die "Cannot open $toc_filename:$!\n";
+ or Perl::Tidy::Die "Cannot open $toc_filename:$!\n";
$fh->print(<<EOM);
<html>
<head>
) = @_;
my $fh = IO::File->new( $frame_filename, 'w' )
- or die "Cannot open $toc_basename:$!\n";
+ or Perl::Tidy::Die "Cannot open $toc_basename:$!\n";
$fh->print(<<EOM);
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Frameset//EN"
my $self = shift;
my ( $token, $type ) = @_;
- return $token if ( $type eq 'b' ); # skip a blank token
+ return $token if ( $type eq 'b' ); # skip a blank token
return $token if ( $token =~ /^\s*$/ ); # skip a blank line
$token = escape_html($token);
# Caution: these debug flags produce a lot of output
# They should all be 0 except when debugging small scripts
- use constant FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_BOND => 0;
- use constant FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_BREAK => 0;
- use constant FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_CI => 0;
- use constant FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_FLUSH => 0;
- use constant FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_FORCE => 0;
- use constant FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_LIST => 0;
- use constant FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_NOBREAK => 0;
- use constant FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_OUTPUT => 0;
- use constant FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_SPARSE => 0;
- use constant FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_STORE => 0;
- use constant FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_UNDOBP => 0;
- use constant FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_WHITE => 0;
+ use constant FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_RECOMBINE => 0;
+ use constant FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_BOND_TABLES => 0;
+ use constant FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_BOND => 0;
+ use constant FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_BREAK => 0;
+ use constant FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_CI => 0;
+ use constant FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_FLUSH => 0;
+ use constant FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_FORCE => 0;
+ use constant FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_LIST => 0;
+ use constant FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_NOBREAK => 0;
+ use constant FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_OUTPUT => 0;
+ use constant FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_SPARSE => 0;
+ use constant FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_STORE => 0;
+ use constant FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_UNDOBP => 0;
+ use constant FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_WHITE => 0;
my $debug_warning = sub {
- print "FORMATTER_DEBUGGING with key $_[0]\n";
+ print STDOUT "FORMATTER_DEBUGGING with key $_[0]\n";
};
- FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_BOND && $debug_warning->('BOND');
- FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_BREAK && $debug_warning->('BREAK');
- FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_CI && $debug_warning->('CI');
- FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_FLUSH && $debug_warning->('FLUSH');
- FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_FORCE && $debug_warning->('FORCE');
- FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_LIST && $debug_warning->('LIST');
- FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_NOBREAK && $debug_warning->('NOBREAK');
- FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_OUTPUT && $debug_warning->('OUTPUT');
- FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_SPARSE && $debug_warning->('SPARSE');
- FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_STORE && $debug_warning->('STORE');
- FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_UNDOBP && $debug_warning->('UNDOBP');
- FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_WHITE && $debug_warning->('WHITE');
+ FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_RECOMBINE && $debug_warning->('RECOMBINE');
+ FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_BOND_TABLES && $debug_warning->('BOND_TABLES');
+ FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_BOND && $debug_warning->('BOND');
+ FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_BREAK && $debug_warning->('BREAK');
+ FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_CI && $debug_warning->('CI');
+ FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_FLUSH && $debug_warning->('FLUSH');
+ FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_FORCE && $debug_warning->('FORCE');
+ FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_LIST && $debug_warning->('LIST');
+ FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_NOBREAK && $debug_warning->('NOBREAK');
+ FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_OUTPUT && $debug_warning->('OUTPUT');
+ FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_SPARSE && $debug_warning->('SPARSE');
+ FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_STORE && $debug_warning->('STORE');
+ FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_UNDOBP && $debug_warning->('UNDOBP');
+ FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_WHITE && $debug_warning->('WHITE');
}
use Carp;
@container_environment_to_go
@bond_strength_to_go
@forced_breakpoint_to_go
- @lengths_to_go
+ @token_lengths_to_go
+ @summed_lengths_to_go
@levels_to_go
@leading_spaces_to_go
@reduced_spaces_to_go
@old_breakpoint_to_go
@tokens_to_go
@types_to_go
+ @inext_to_go
+ @iprev_to_go
%saved_opening_indentation
@nonblank_lines_at_depth
$starting_in_quote
$ending_in_quote
+ @whitespace_level_stack
+ $whitespace_last_level
$in_format_skipping_section
$format_skipping_pattern_begin
%is_assignment
%is_chain_operator
%is_if_unless_and_or_last_next_redo_return
- %is_until_while_for_if_elsif_else
@has_broken_sublist
@dont_align
$rOpts_line_up_parentheses
$rOpts_maximum_fields_per_table
$rOpts_maximum_line_length
+ $rOpts_variable_maximum_line_length
$rOpts_short_concatenation_item_length
$rOpts_keep_old_blank_lines
$rOpts_ignore_old_breakpoints
$rOpts_space_function_paren
$rOpts_space_keyword_paren
$rOpts_keep_interior_semicolons
-
- $half_maximum_line_length
+ $rOpts_ignore_side_comment_lengths
+ $rOpts_stack_closing_block_brace
+ $rOpts_whitespace_cycle
+ $rOpts_tight_secret_operators
%is_opening_type
%is_closing_type
@_ = qw(is if unless and or err last next redo return);
@is_if_unless_and_or_last_next_redo_return{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
- # always break after a closing curly of these block types:
- @_ = qw(until while for if elsif else);
- @is_until_while_for_if_elsif_else{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
-
@_ = qw(last next redo return);
@is_last_next_redo_return{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
return $_[0];
}
+sub max {
+ my $max = shift;
+ foreach (@_) {
+ $max = ( $max < $_ ) ? $_ : $max;
+ }
+ return $max;
+}
+
+sub min {
+ my $min = shift;
+ foreach (@_) {
+ $min = ( $min > $_ ) ? $_ : $min;
+ }
+ return $min;
+}
+
sub split_words {
# given a string containing words separated by whitespace,
@container_environment_to_go = ();
@bond_strength_to_go = ();
@forced_breakpoint_to_go = ();
- @lengths_to_go = (); # line length to start of ith token
+ @summed_lengths_to_go = (); # line length to start of ith token
+ @token_lengths_to_go = ();
@levels_to_go = ();
@matching_token_to_go = ();
@mate_index_to_go = ();
@types_to_go = ();
@leading_spaces_to_go = ();
@reduced_spaces_to_go = ();
+ @inext_to_go = ();
+ @iprev_to_go = ();
+
+ @whitespace_level_stack = ();
+ $whitespace_last_level = -1;
@dont_align = ();
@has_broken_sublist = ();
$forced_breakpoint_count = 0;
$forced_breakpoint_undo_count = 0;
$rbrace_follower = undef;
- $lengths_to_go[0] = 0;
+ $summed_lengths_to_go[0] = 0;
$old_line_count_in_batch = 1;
$comma_count_in_batch = 0;
$starting_in_quote = 0;
# the user may be using this section for any purpose whatsoever
if ( $rOpts->{'delete-pod'} ) { $skip_line = 1; }
if ( $rOpts->{'tee-pod'} ) { $tee_line = 1; }
+ if ( $rOpts->{'trim-pod'} ) { $input_line =~ s/\s+$// }
if ( !$skip_line
&& $line_type eq 'POD_START'
&& !$saw_END_or_DATA_ )
# return the number of indentation spaces for a token in the output stream;
# these were previously stored by 'set_leading_whitespace'.
- return get_SPACES( $leading_spaces_to_go[ $_[0] ] );
+ my $ii = shift;
+ if ( $ii < 0 ) { $ii = 0 }
+ return get_SPACES( $leading_spaces_to_go[$ii] );
}
# define: space count of leading string which would apply if it
# were the first token of a new line.
- my ( $level, $ci_level, $in_continued_quote ) = @_;
+ my ( $level_abs, $ci_level, $in_continued_quote ) = @_;
+
+ # Adjust levels if necessary to recycle whitespace:
+ # given $level_abs, the absolute level
+ # define $level, a possibly reduced level for whitespace
+ my $level = $level_abs;
+ if ( $rOpts_whitespace_cycle && $rOpts_whitespace_cycle > 0 ) {
+ if ( $level_abs < $whitespace_last_level ) {
+ pop(@whitespace_level_stack);
+ }
+ if ( !@whitespace_level_stack ) {
+ push @whitespace_level_stack, $level_abs;
+ }
+ elsif ( $level_abs > $whitespace_last_level ) {
+ $level = $whitespace_level_stack[-1] +
+ ( $level_abs - $whitespace_last_level );
+
+ if (
+ # 1 Try to break at a block brace
+ (
+ $level > $rOpts_whitespace_cycle
+ && $last_nonblank_type eq '{'
+ && $last_nonblank_token eq '{'
+ )
+
+ # 2 Then either a brace or bracket
+ || ( $level > $rOpts_whitespace_cycle + 1
+ && $last_nonblank_token =~ /^[\{\[]$/ )
+
+ # 3 Then a paren too
+ || $level > $rOpts_whitespace_cycle + 2
+ )
+ {
+ $level = 1;
+ }
+ push @whitespace_level_stack, $level;
+ }
+ $level = $whitespace_level_stack[-1];
+ }
+ $whitespace_last_level = $level_abs;
# modify for -bli, which adds one continuation indentation for
# opening braces
##my $too_close = ($i_test==$max_index_to_go-1);
my $test_position = total_line_length( $i_test, $max_index_to_go );
+ my $mll = maximum_line_length($i_test);
if (
##!$too_close &&
# if we are beyond the midpoint
- $gnu_position_predictor > $half_maximum_line_length
+ $gnu_position_predictor > $mll - $rOpts_maximum_line_length / 2
- # or we are beyont the 1/4 point and there was an old
+ # or we are beyond the 1/4 point and there was an old
# break at the equals
|| (
- $gnu_position_predictor > $half_maximum_line_length / 2
+ $gnu_position_predictor >
+ $mll - $rOpts_maximum_line_length * 3 / 4
&& (
$old_breakpoint_to_go[$last_equals]
|| ( $last_equals > 0
}
}
+ my $halfway =
+ maximum_line_length_for_level($level) - $rOpts_maximum_line_length / 2;
+
# Check for decreasing depth ..
# Note that one token may have both decreasing and then increasing
# depth. For example, (level, ci) can go from (1,1) to (2,0). So,
# to this minimum standard indentation. But the most deeply
# nested container will still probably be able to shift its
# parameters to the right for proper alignment, so in most
- # cases this will not be noticable.
- if ( $available_space > 0
- && $space_count > $half_maximum_line_length )
- {
+ # cases this will not be noticeable.
+ if ( $available_space > 0 && $space_count > $halfway ) {
$gnu_stack[$max_gnu_stack_index]
->tentatively_decrease_AVAILABLE_SPACES($available_space);
}
$last_last_nonblank_type_to_go =~ /^[\}\)\]]$/
# and it is significantly to the right
- || $gnu_position_predictor > $half_maximum_line_length
+ || $gnu_position_predictor > $halfway
)
)
)
total_line_length( $line_start_index_to_go, $max_index_to_go );
}
else {
- $gnu_position_predictor = $space_count +
- token_sequence_length( $max_index_to_go, $max_index_to_go );
+ $gnu_position_predictor =
+ $space_count + $token_lengths_to_go[$max_index_to_go];
}
# store the indentation object for this token
# keep 2 extra free because they are needed in some cases
# (result of trial-and-error testing)
my $spaces_needed =
- $gnu_position_predictor - $rOpts_maximum_line_length + 2;
+ $gnu_position_predictor - maximum_line_length($max_index_to_go) + 2;
return if ( $spaces_needed <= 0 );
sub finish_lp_batch {
- # This routine is called once after each each output stream batch is
+ # This routine is called once after each output stream batch is
# finished to undo indentation for all incomplete -lp
# indentation levels. It is too risky to leave a level open,
# because then we can't backtrack in case of a long line to follow.
sub token_sequence_length {
- # return length of tokens ($ifirst .. $ilast) including first & last
- # returns 0 if $ifirst > $ilast
- my $ifirst = shift;
- my $ilast = shift;
- return 0 if ( $ilast < 0 || $ifirst > $ilast );
- return $lengths_to_go[ $ilast + 1 ] if ( $ifirst < 0 );
- return $lengths_to_go[ $ilast + 1 ] - $lengths_to_go[$ifirst];
+ # return length of tokens ($ibeg .. $iend) including $ibeg & $iend
+ # returns 0 if $ibeg > $iend (shouldn't happen)
+ my ( $ibeg, $iend ) = @_;
+ return 0 if ( $iend < 0 || $ibeg > $iend );
+ return $summed_lengths_to_go[ $iend + 1 ] if ( $ibeg < 0 );
+ return $summed_lengths_to_go[ $iend + 1 ] - $summed_lengths_to_go[$ibeg];
}
sub total_line_length {
- # return length of a line of tokens ($ifirst .. $ilast)
- my $ifirst = shift;
- my $ilast = shift;
- if ( $ifirst < 0 ) { $ifirst = 0 }
+ # return length of a line of tokens ($ibeg .. $iend)
+ my ( $ibeg, $iend ) = @_;
+ return leading_spaces_to_go($ibeg) + token_sequence_length( $ibeg, $iend );
+}
+
+sub maximum_line_length_for_level {
+
+ # return maximum line length for line starting with a given level
+ my $maximum_line_length = $rOpts_maximum_line_length;
+
+ # Modify if -vmll option is selected
+ if ($rOpts_variable_maximum_line_length) {
+ my $level = shift;
+ if ( $level < 0 ) { $level = 0 }
+ $maximum_line_length += $level * $rOpts_indent_columns;
+ }
+ return $maximum_line_length;
+}
+
+sub maximum_line_length {
+
+ # return maximum line length for line starting with the token at given index
+ return maximum_line_length_for_level( $levels_to_go[ $_[0] ] );
- return leading_spaces_to_go($ifirst) +
- token_sequence_length( $ifirst, $ilast );
}
sub excess_line_length {
- # return number of characters by which a line of tokens ($ifirst..$ilast)
+ # return number of characters by which a line of tokens ($ibeg..$iend)
# exceeds the allowable line length.
- my $ifirst = shift;
- my $ilast = shift;
- if ( $ifirst < 0 ) { $ifirst = 0 }
- return leading_spaces_to_go($ifirst) +
- token_sequence_length( $ifirst, $ilast ) - $rOpts_maximum_line_length;
+ my ( $ibeg, $iend ) = @_;
+ return total_line_length( $ibeg, $iend ) - maximum_line_length($ibeg);
}
sub finish_formatting {
write_logfile_entry("No indentation disagreement seen\n");
}
}
+ if ($first_tabbing_disagreement) {
+ write_logfile_entry(
+"Note: Indentation disagreement detection is not accurate for outdenting and -lp.\n"
+ );
+ }
write_logfile_entry("\n");
$vertical_aligner_object->report_anything_unusual();
# This routine is called to check the Opts hash after it is defined
($rOpts) = @_;
- my ( $tabbing_string, $tab_msg );
make_static_block_comment_pattern();
make_static_side_comment_pattern();
|| !$rOpts->{'add-newlines'}
|| !$rOpts->{'delete-old-newlines'} )
{
- warn <<EOM;
+ Perl::Tidy::Warn <<EOM;
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Conflict: -lp conflicts with -io, -fnl, -nanl, or -ndnl; ignoring -lp
}
}
- # At present, tabs are not compatable with the line-up-parentheses style
+ # At present, tabs are not compatible with the line-up-parentheses style
# (it would be possible to entab the total leading whitespace
# just prior to writing the line, if desired).
if ( $rOpts->{'line-up-parentheses'} && $rOpts->{'tabs'} ) {
- warn <<EOM;
+ Perl::Tidy::Warn <<EOM;
Conflict: -t (tabs) cannot be used with the -lp option; ignoring -t; see -et.
EOM
$rOpts->{'tabs'} = 0;
}
- # Likewise, tabs are not compatable with outdenting..
+ # Likewise, tabs are not compatible with outdenting..
if ( $rOpts->{'outdent-keywords'} && $rOpts->{'tabs'} ) {
- warn <<EOM;
+ Perl::Tidy::Warn <<EOM;
Conflict: -t (tabs) cannot be used with the -okw options; ignoring -t; see -et.
EOM
$rOpts->{'tabs'} = 0;
}
if ( $rOpts->{'outdent-labels'} && $rOpts->{'tabs'} ) {
- warn <<EOM;
+ Perl::Tidy::Warn <<EOM;
Conflict: -t (tabs) cannot be used with the -ola option; ignoring -t; see -et.
EOM
$rOpts->{'tabs'} = 0;
$outdent_keyword{$_} = 1;
}
else {
- warn "ignoring '$_' in -okwl list; not a perl keyword";
+ Perl::Tidy::Warn "ignoring '$_' in -okwl list; not a perl keyword";
}
}
}
if ( $rOpts->{'dump-want-left-space'} ) {
dump_want_left_space(*STDOUT);
- exit 0;
+ Perl::Tidy::Exit 0;
}
if ( $rOpts->{'dump-want-right-space'} ) {
dump_want_right_space(*STDOUT);
- exit 0;
+ Perl::Tidy::Exit 0;
}
# default keywords for which space is introduced before an opening paren
push @_, ',';
@is_anon_sub_brace_follower{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
- # what can follow a one-line anonynomous sub closing curly:
- # one-line anonumous subs also have ']' here...
+ # what can follow a one-line anonymous sub closing curly:
+ # one-line anonymous subs also have ']' here...
# see tk3.t and PP.pm
@_ = qw# ; : => or and && || ) ] ~~ !~~ #;
push @_, ',';
$ole = lc $ole;
unless ( $rOpts->{'output-line-ending'} = $endings{$ole} ) {
my $str = join " ", keys %endings;
- die <<EOM;
+ Perl::Tidy::Die <<EOM;
Unrecognized line ending '$ole'; expecting one of: $str
EOM
}
if ( $rOpts->{'preserve-line-endings'} ) {
- warn "Ignoring -ple; conflicts with -ole\n";
+ Perl::Tidy::Warn "Ignoring -ple; conflicts with -ole\n";
$rOpts->{'preserve-line-endings'} = undef;
}
}
$rOpts_line_up_parentheses = $rOpts->{'line-up-parentheses'};
$rOpts_maximum_fields_per_table = $rOpts->{'maximum-fields-per-table'};
$rOpts_maximum_line_length = $rOpts->{'maximum-line-length'};
+ $rOpts_whitespace_cycle = $rOpts->{'whitespace-cycle'};
+
+ $rOpts_variable_maximum_line_length =
+ $rOpts->{'variable-maximum-line-length'};
$rOpts_short_concatenation_item_length =
$rOpts->{'short-concatenation-item-length'};
+
$rOpts_keep_old_blank_lines = $rOpts->{'keep-old-blank-lines'};
$rOpts_ignore_old_breakpoints = $rOpts->{'ignore-old-breakpoints'};
$rOpts_format_skipping = $rOpts->{'format-skipping'};
$rOpts_space_function_paren = $rOpts->{'space-function-paren'};
$rOpts_space_keyword_paren = $rOpts->{'space-keyword-paren'};
$rOpts_keep_interior_semicolons = $rOpts->{'keep-interior-semicolons'};
- $half_maximum_line_length = $rOpts_maximum_line_length / 2;
+ $rOpts_ignore_side_comment_lengths =
+ $rOpts->{'ignore-side-comment-lengths'};
# Note that both opening and closing tokens can access the opening
# and closing flags of their container types.
']' => $rOpts->{'square-bracket-vertical-tightness-closing'},
);
+ $rOpts_tight_secret_operators = $rOpts->{'tight-secret-operators'};
+
# assume flag for '>' same as ')' for closing qw quotes
%closing_token_indentation = (
')' => $rOpts->{'closing-paren-indentation'},
'}' => $rOpts->{'stack-closing-hash-brace'},
']' => $rOpts->{'stack-closing-square-bracket'},
);
+ $rOpts_stack_closing_block_brace = $rOpts->{'stack-closing-block-brace'};
}
sub make_static_block_comment_pattern {
# user may give leading caret to force matching left comments only
if ( $prefix !~ /^\^#/ ) {
if ( $prefix !~ /^#/ ) {
- die
+ Perl::Tidy::Die
"ERROR: the -sbcp prefix is '$prefix' but must begin with '#' or '^#'\n";
}
$pattern = '^\s*' . $prefix;
}
eval "'##'=~/$pattern/";
if ($@) {
- die
+ Perl::Tidy::Die
"ERROR: the -sbc prefix '$prefix' causes the invalid regex '$pattern'\n";
}
$static_block_comment_pattern = $pattern;
unless ($param) { $param = $default }
$param =~ s/^\s*//;
if ( $param !~ /^#/ ) {
- die "ERROR: the $opt_name parameter '$param' must begin with '#'\n";
+ Perl::Tidy::Die
+ "ERROR: the $opt_name parameter '$param' must begin with '#'\n";
}
my $pattern = '^' . $param . '\s';
eval "'#'=~/$pattern/";
if ($@) {
- die
+ Perl::Tidy::Die
"ERROR: the $opt_name parameter '$param' causes the invalid regex '$pattern'\n";
}
return $pattern;
# turn any input list into a regex for recognizing selected block types
$block_brace_vertical_tightness_pattern =
'^((if|else|elsif|unless|while|for|foreach|do|\w+:)$|sub)';
-
if ( defined( $rOpts->{'block-brace-vertical-tightness-list'} )
&& $rOpts->{'block-brace-vertical-tightness-list'} )
{
my @words = ();
my %seen;
for my $i (@list) {
+ if ( $i eq '*' ) { my $pattern = '^.*'; return $pattern }
next if $seen{$i};
$seen{$i} = 1;
if ( $i eq 'sub' ) {
}
+ elsif ( $i eq ';' ) {
+ push @words, ';';
+ }
+ elsif ( $i eq '{' ) {
+ push @words, '\{';
+ }
elsif ( $i eq ':' ) {
push @words, '\w+:';
}
push @words, $i;
}
else {
- warn "unrecognized block type $i after $abbrev, ignoring\n";
+ Perl::Tidy::Warn
+ "unrecognized block type $i after $abbrev, ignoring\n";
}
}
my $pattern = '(' . join( '|', @words ) . ')$';
my $pattern = '^' . $prefix;
eval "'##'=~/$pattern/";
if ($@) {
- die
+ Perl::Tidy::Die
"ERROR: the -sscp prefix '$prefix' causes the invalid regex '$pattern'\n";
}
$static_side_comment_pattern = $pattern;
# shouldn't happen..must have screwed up escaping, above
report_definite_bug();
- warn
+ Perl::Tidy::Warn
"Program Error: the -cscp prefix '$csc_prefix' caused the invalid regex '$csc_prefix_pattern'\n";
# just warn and keep going with defaults
- warn "Please consider using a simpler -cscp prefix\n";
- warn "Using default -cscp instead; please check output\n";
+ Perl::Tidy::Warn "Please consider using a simpler -cscp prefix\n";
+ Perl::Tidy::Warn
+ "Using default -cscp instead; please check output\n";
}
else {
$csc_prefix = $test_csc_prefix;
# my $size=-s::SINK if $file; <==OK but we won't do it
# don't join something like: for bla::bla:: abc
# example is "%overload:: and" in files Dumpvalue.pm or colonbug.pl
- ( ( $tokenl =~ /([\'\w]|\:\:)$/ ) && ( $tokenr =~ /^([\'\w]|\:\:)/ ) )
+ ( ( $tokenl =~ /([\'\w]|\:\:)$/ && $typel ne 'CORE::' )
+ && ( $tokenr =~ /^([\'\w]|\:\:)/ ) )
- # do not combine a number with a concatination dot
+ # do not combine a number with a concatenation dot
# example: pom.caputo:
# $vt100_compatible ? "\e[0;0H" : ('-' x 78 . "\n");
|| ( ( $typel eq 'n' ) && ( $tokenr eq '.' ) )
# || ($tokenr eq '-')
# keep a space between a quote and a bareword to prevent the
- # bareword from becomming a quote modifier.
+ # bareword from becoming a quote modifier.
|| ( ( $typel eq 'Q' ) && ( $tokenr =~ /^[a-zA-Z_]/ ) )
# keep a space between a token ending in '$' and any word;
# keep paren separate in 'use Foo::Bar ()'
|| ( $tokenr eq '('
- && $typel eq 'w'
- && $typell eq 'k'
+ && $typel eq 'w'
+ && $typell eq 'k'
&& $tokenll eq 'use' )
# keep any space between filehandle and paren:
# $opts{rdonly} = (($opts{mode} & O_ACCMODE) == O_RDONLY);
|| ( ( $typel eq '&' ) && ( $tokenr =~ /^[a-zA-Z_]/ ) )
+ # space stacked labels (TODO: check if really necessary)
+ || ( $typel eq 'J' && $typer eq 'J' )
+
; # the value of this long logic sequence is the result we want
return $result;
}
}
+{
+ my %secret_operators;
+ my %is_leading_secret_token;
+
+ BEGIN {
+
+ # token lists for perl secret operators as compiled by Philippe Bruhat
+ # at: https://metacpan.org/module/perlsecret
+ %secret_operators = (
+ 'Goatse' => [qw#= ( ) =#], #=( )=
+ 'Venus1' => [qw#0 +#], # 0+
+ 'Venus2' => [qw#+ 0#], # +0
+ 'Enterprise' => [qw#) x ! !#], # ()x!!
+ 'Kite1' => [qw#~ ~ <>#], # ~~<>
+ 'Kite2' => [qw#~~ <>#], # ~~<>
+ 'Winking Fat Comma' => [ ( ',', '=>' ) ], # ,=>
+ );
+
+ # The following operators and constants are not included because they
+ # are normally kept tight by perltidy:
+ # !! ~~ <~>
+ #
+
+ # Make a lookup table indexed by the first token of each operator:
+ # first token => [list, list, ...]
+ foreach my $value ( values(%secret_operators) ) {
+ my $tok = $value->[0];
+ push @{ $is_leading_secret_token{$tok} }, $value;
+ }
+ }
+
+ sub secret_operator_whitespace {
+
+ my ( $jmax, $rtokens, $rtoken_type, $rwhite_space_flag ) = @_;
+
+ # Loop over all tokens in this line
+ my ( $j, $token, $type );
+ for ( $j = 0 ; $j <= $jmax ; $j++ ) {
+
+ $token = $$rtokens[$j];
+ $type = $$rtoken_type[$j];
+
+ # Skip unless this token might start a secret operator
+ next if ( $type eq 'b' );
+ next unless ( $is_leading_secret_token{$token} );
+
+ # Loop over all secret operators with this leading token
+ foreach my $rpattern ( @{ $is_leading_secret_token{$token} } ) {
+ my $jend = $j - 1;
+ foreach my $tok ( @{$rpattern} ) {
+ $jend++;
+ $jend++
+
+ if ( $jend <= $jmax && $$rtoken_type[$jend] eq 'b' );
+ if ( $jend > $jmax || $tok ne $$rtokens[$jend] ) {
+ $jend = undef;
+ last;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if ($jend) {
+
+ # set flags to prevent spaces within this operator
+ for ( my $jj = $j + 1 ; $jj <= $jend ; $jj++ ) {
+ $rwhite_space_flag->[$jj] = WS_NO;
+ }
+ $j = $jend;
+ last;
+ }
+ } ## End Loop over all operators
+ } ## End loop over all tokens
+ } # End sub
+}
+
sub set_white_space_flag {
# This routine examines each pair of nonblank tokens and
# $white_space_flag[$j] is a flag indicating whether a white space
# BEFORE token $j is needed, with the following values:
#
- # -1 do not want a space before token $j
- # 0 optional space or $j is a whitespace
- # 1 want a space before token $j
+ # WS_NO = -1 do not want a space before token $j
+ # WS_OPTIONAL= 0 optional space or $j is a whitespace
+ # WS_YES = 1 want a space before token $j
#
#
# The values for the first token will be defined based
; } ) ] R J ++ -- **=
";
push( @spaces_right_side, ',' ); # avoids warning message
+
+ # Note that we are in a BEGIN block here. Later in processing
+ # the values of %want_left_space and %want_right_space
+ # may be overridden by any user settings specified by the
+ # -wls and -wrs parameters. However the binary_whitespace_rules
+ # are hardwired and have priority.
@want_left_space{@spaces_both_sides} = (1) x scalar(@spaces_both_sides);
@want_right_space{@spaces_both_sides} =
(1) x scalar(@spaces_both_sides);
(-1) x scalar(@spaces_right_side);
@want_right_space{@spaces_right_side} =
(1) x scalar(@spaces_right_side);
- $want_left_space{'L'} = WS_NO;
- $want_left_space{'->'} = WS_NO;
- $want_right_space{'->'} = WS_NO;
- $want_left_space{'**'} = WS_NO;
- $want_right_space{'**'} = WS_NO;
-
+ $want_left_space{'->'} = WS_NO;
+ $want_right_space{'->'} = WS_NO;
+ $want_left_space{'**'} = WS_NO;
+ $want_right_space{'**'} = WS_NO;
+ $want_right_space{'CORE::'} = WS_NO;
+
+ # These binary_ws_rules are hardwired and have priority over the above
+ # settings. It would be nice to allow adjustment by the user,
+ # but it would be complicated to specify.
+ #
# hash type information must stay tightly bound
# as in : ${xxxx}
$binary_ws_rules{'i'}{'L'} = WS_NO;
$binary_ws_rules{'@'}{'L'} = WS_NO;
$binary_ws_rules{'@'}{'{'} = WS_NO;
$binary_ws_rules{'='}{'L'} = WS_YES;
+ $binary_ws_rules{'J'}{'J'} = WS_YES;
# the following includes ') {'
# as in : if ( xxx ) { yyy }
$binary_ws_rules{'R'}{'++'} = WS_NO;
$binary_ws_rules{'R'}{'--'} = WS_NO;
- ########################################################
- # should no longer be necessary (see niek.pl)
- ##$binary_ws_rules{'k'}{':'} = WS_NO; # keep colon with label
- ##$binary_ws_rules{'w'}{':'} = WS_NO;
- ########################################################
$binary_ws_rules{'i'}{'Q'} = WS_YES;
$binary_ws_rules{'n'}{'('} = WS_YES; # occurs in 'use package n ()'
- # FIXME: we need to split 'i' into variables and functions
+ # FIXME: we could to split 'i' into variables and functions
# and have no space for functions but space for variables. For now,
# I have a special patch in the special rules below
$binary_ws_rules{'i'}{'('} = WS_NO;
$binary_ws_rules{'w'}{'('} = WS_NO;
$binary_ws_rules{'w'}{'{'} = WS_YES;
- }
+ } ## end BEGIN block
+
my ( $jmax, $rtokens, $rtoken_type, $rblock_type ) = @_;
my ( $last_token, $last_type, $last_block_type, $token, $type,
$block_type );
$token = $tokens_to_go[$max_index_to_go];
$type = $types_to_go[$max_index_to_go];
$block_type = $block_type_to_go[$max_index_to_go];
+
+ #---------------------------------------------------------------
+ # Patch due to splitting of tokens with leading ->
+ #---------------------------------------------------------------
+ #
+ # This routine is dealing with the raw tokens from the tokenizer,
+ # but to get started it needs the previous token, which will
+ # have been stored in the '_to_go' arrays.
+ #
+ # This patch avoids requiring two iterations to
+ # converge for cases such as the following, where a paren
+ # comes in on a line following a variable with leading arrow:
+ # $self->{main}->add_content_defer_opening
+ # ($name, $wmkf, $self->{attrs}, $self);
+ # In this case when we see the opening paren on line 2 we need
+ # to know if the last token on the previous line had an arrow,
+ # but it has already been split off so we have to add it back
+ # in to avoid getting an unwanted space before the paren.
+ if ( $type =~ /^[wi]$/ ) {
+ my $im = $iprev_to_go[$max_index_to_go];
+ my $tm = ( $im >= 0 ) ? $types_to_go[$im] : "";
+ if ( $tm eq '->' ) { $token = $tm . $token }
+ }
+
+ #---------------------------------------------------------------
+ # End patch due to splitting of tokens with leading ->
+ #---------------------------------------------------------------
}
else {
$token = ' ';
$block_type = '';
}
- # loop over all tokens
my ( $j, $ws );
+ # main loop over all tokens to define the whitespace flags
for ( $j = 0 ; $j <= $jmax ; $j++ ) {
if ( $$rtoken_type[$j] eq 'b' ) {
$block_type = $$rblock_type[$j];
#---------------------------------------------------------------
- # section 1:
- # handle space on the inside of opening braces
+ # Whitespace Rules Section 1:
+ # Handle space on the inside of opening braces.
#---------------------------------------------------------------
# /^[L\{\(\[]$/
}
else { $tightness = $tightness{$last_token} }
- #=================================================================
- # Patch for fabrice_bug.pl
- # We must always avoid spaces around a bare word beginning with ^ as in:
- # my $before = ${^PREMATCH};
- # Because all of the following cause an error in perl:
- # my $before = ${ ^PREMATCH };
- # my $before = ${ ^PREMATCH};
- # my $before = ${^PREMATCH };
- # So if brace tightness flag is -bt=0 we must temporarily reset to bt=1.
- # Note that here we must set tightness=1 and not 2 so that the closing space
- # is also avoided (via the $j_tight_closing_paren flag in coding)
+ #=============================================================
+ # Patch for test problem fabrice_bug.pl
+ # We must always avoid spaces around a bare word beginning
+ # with ^ as in:
+ # my $before = ${^PREMATCH};
+ # Because all of the following cause an error in perl:
+ # my $before = ${ ^PREMATCH };
+ # my $before = ${ ^PREMATCH};
+ # my $before = ${^PREMATCH };
+ # So if brace tightness flag is -bt=0 we must temporarily reset
+ # to bt=1. Note that here we must set tightness=1 and not 2 so
+ # that the closing space
+ # is also avoided (via the $j_tight_closing_paren flag in coding)
if ( $type eq 'w' && $token =~ /^\^/ ) { $tightness = 1 }
- #=================================================================
+ #=============================================================
if ( $tightness <= 0 ) {
$ws = WS_YES;
}
}
}
- } # done with opening braces and brackets
+ } # end setting space flag inside opening tokens
my $ws_1 = $ws
if FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_WHITE;
#---------------------------------------------------------------
- # section 2:
- # handle space on inside of closing brace pairs
+ # Whitespace Rules Section 2:
+ # Handle space on inside of closing brace pairs.
#---------------------------------------------------------------
# /[\}\)\]R]/
$ws = ( $tightness > 1 ) ? WS_NO : WS_YES;
}
}
- }
+ } # end setting space flag inside closing tokens
my $ws_2 = $ws
if FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_WHITE;
#---------------------------------------------------------------
- # section 3:
- # use the binary table
+ # Whitespace Rules Section 3:
+ # Use the binary rule table.
#---------------------------------------------------------------
if ( !defined($ws) ) {
$ws = $binary_ws_rules{$last_type}{$type};
if FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_WHITE;
#---------------------------------------------------------------
- # section 4:
- # some special cases
+ # Whitespace Rules Section 4:
+ # Handle some special cases.
#---------------------------------------------------------------
if ( $token eq '(' ) {
if FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_WHITE;
#---------------------------------------------------------------
- # section 5:
- # default rules not covered above
+ # Whitespace Rules Section 5:
+ # Apply default rules not covered above.
#---------------------------------------------------------------
- # if we fall through to here,
- # look at the pre-defined hash tables for the two tokens, and
- # if (they are equal) use the common value
- # if (either is zero or undef) use the other
- # if (either is -1) use it
+
+ # If we fall through to here, look at the pre-defined hash tables for
+ # the two tokens, and:
+ # if (they are equal) use the common value
+ # if (either is zero or undef) use the other
+ # if (either is -1) use it
# That is,
# left vs right
# 1 vs 1 --> 1
if ( !defined($ws_2) ) { $ws_2 = "*" }
if ( !defined($ws_3) ) { $ws_3 = "*" }
if ( !defined($ws_4) ) { $ws_4 = "*" }
- print
+ print STDOUT
"WHITE: i=$j $str $last_type $type $ws_1 : $ws_2 : $ws_3 : $ws_4 : $ws \n";
};
+ } ## end main loop
+
+ if ($rOpts_tight_secret_operators) {
+ secret_operator_whitespace( $jmax, $rtokens, $rtoken_type,
+ \@white_space_flag );
}
+
return \@white_space_flag;
-}
+} ## end sub set_white_space_flag
{ # begin print_line_of_tokens
my $rnesting_blocks;
my $in_quote;
- my $python_indentation_level;
+ my $guessed_indentation_level;
# These local token variables are stored by store_token_to_go:
my $block_type;
}
}
+ sub token_length {
+
+ # Returns the length of a token, given:
+ # $token=text of the token
+ # $type = type
+ # $not_first_token = should be TRUE if this is not the first token of
+ # the line. It might the index of this token in an array. It is
+ # used to test for a side comment vs a block comment.
+ # Note: Eventually this should be the only routine determining the
+ # length of a token in this package.
+ my ( $token, $type, $not_first_token ) = @_;
+ my $token_length = length($token);
+
+ # We mark lengths of side comments as just 1 if we are
+ # ignoring their lengths when setting line breaks.
+ $token_length = 1
+ if ( $rOpts_ignore_side_comment_lengths
+ && $not_first_token
+ && $type eq '#' );
+ return $token_length;
+ }
+
+ sub rtoken_length {
+
+ # return length of ith token in @{$rtokens}
+ my ($i) = @_;
+ return token_length( $$rtokens[$i], $$rtoken_type[$i], $i );
+ }
+
# Routine to place the current token into the output stream.
# Called once per output token.
sub store_token_to_go {
## $levels_to_go[$max_index_to_go] = ( $level > 0 ) ? $level : 0;
$levels_to_go[$max_index_to_go] = $level;
$nesting_depth_to_go[$max_index_to_go] = ( $slevel >= 0 ) ? $slevel : 0;
- $lengths_to_go[ $max_index_to_go + 1 ] =
- $lengths_to_go[$max_index_to_go] + length($token);
+
+ # link the non-blank tokens
+ my $iprev = $max_index_to_go - 1;
+ $iprev-- if ( $iprev >= 0 && $types_to_go[$iprev] eq 'b' );
+ $iprev_to_go[$max_index_to_go] = $iprev;
+ $inext_to_go[$iprev] = $max_index_to_go
+ if ( $iprev >= 0 && $type ne 'b' );
+ $inext_to_go[$max_index_to_go] = $max_index_to_go + 1;
+
+ $token_lengths_to_go[$max_index_to_go] =
+ token_length( $token, $type, $max_index_to_go );
+
+ # We keep a running sum of token lengths from the start of this batch:
+ # summed_lengths_to_go[$i] = total length to just before token $i
+ # summed_lengths_to_go[$i+1] = total length to just after token $i
+ $summed_lengths_to_go[ $max_index_to_go + 1 ] =
+ $summed_lengths_to_go[$max_index_to_go] +
+ $token_lengths_to_go[$max_index_to_go];
# Define the indentation that this token would have if it started
# a new line. We have to do this now because we need to know this
# when considering one-line blocks.
set_leading_whitespace( $level, $ci_level, $in_continued_quote );
+ # remember previous nonblank tokens seen
if ( $type ne 'b' ) {
$last_last_nonblank_index_to_go = $last_nonblank_index_to_go;
$last_last_nonblank_type_to_go = $last_nonblank_type_to_go;
FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_STORE && do {
my ( $a, $b, $c ) = caller();
- print
+ print STDOUT
"STORE: from $a $c: storing token $token type $type lev=$level slev=$slevel at $max_index_to_go\n";
};
}
# processing. This routine decides if there should be
# whitespace between each pair of non-white tokens, so later
# routines only need to decide on any additional line breaks.
- # Any whitespace is initally a single space character. Later,
+ # Any whitespace is initially a single space character. Later,
# the vertical aligner may expand that to be multiple space
# characters if necessary for alignment.
$line_of_tokens->{_starting_in_quote};
$in_quote = $line_of_tokens->{_ending_in_quote};
$ending_in_quote = $in_quote;
- $python_indentation_level =
- $line_of_tokens->{_python_indentation_level};
+ $guessed_indentation_level =
+ $line_of_tokens->{_guessed_indentation_level};
my $j;
my $j_next;
$last_line_had_side_comment = 0;
return;
}
-
- # prior to version 20010406, perltidy had a bug which placed
- # continuation indentation before the last line of some multiline
- # quotes and patterns -- exactly the lines passing this way.
- # To help find affected lines in scripts run with these
- # versions, run with '-chk', and it will warn of any quotes or
- # patterns which might have been modified by these early
- # versions.
- if ( $rOpts->{'check-multiline-quotes'} && $input_line =~ /^ / ) {
- warning(
-"-chk: please check this line for extra leading whitespace\n"
- );
- }
}
# Write line verbatim if we are in a formatting skip section
}
# create a hanging side comment if appropriate
+ my $is_hanging_side_comment;
if (
$jmax == 0
- && $$rtoken_type[0] eq '#' # only token is a comment
- && $last_line_had_side_comment # last line had side comment
- && $input_line =~ /^\s/ # there is some leading space
+ && $$rtoken_type[0] eq '#' # only token is a comment
+ && $last_line_had_side_comment # last line had side comment
+ && $input_line =~ /^\s/ # there is some leading space
&& !$is_static_block_comment # do not make static comment hanging
&& $rOpts->{'hanging-side-comments'} # user is allowing
# hanging side comments
# We will insert an empty qw string at the start of the token list
# to force this comment to be a side comment. The vertical aligner
# should then line it up with the previous side comment.
+ $is_hanging_side_comment = 1;
unshift @$rtoken_type, 'q';
unshift @$rtokens, '';
unshift @$rlevels, $$rlevels[0];
# Note: this test is placed here because we know the continuation flag
# at this point, which allows us to avoid non-meaningful checks.
my $structural_indentation_level = $$rlevels[0];
- compare_indentation_levels( $python_indentation_level,
+ compare_indentation_levels( $guessed_indentation_level,
$structural_indentation_level )
- unless ( $python_indentation_level < 0
- || ( $$rci_levels[0] > 0 )
- || ( ( $python_indentation_level == 0 ) && $$rtoken_type[0] eq 'Q' )
- );
+ unless ( $is_hanging_side_comment
+ || $$rci_levels[0] > 0
+ || $guessed_indentation_level == 0 && $$rtoken_type[0] eq 'Q' );
# Patch needed for MakeMaker. Do not break a statement
# in which $VERSION may be calculated. See MakeMaker.pm;
($rwhite_space_flag) =
set_white_space_flag( $jmax, $rtokens, $rtoken_type, $rblock_type );
- # find input tabbing to allow checks for tabbing disagreement
- ## not used for now
- ##$input_line_tabbing = "";
- ##if ( $input_line =~ /^(\s*)/ ) { $input_line_tabbing = $1; }
-
# if the buffer hasn't been flushed, add a leading space if
# necessary to keep essential whitespace. This is really only
# necessary if we are squeezing out all ws.
$token =~ s/\s*//g;
}
+ # Split identifiers with leading arrows, inserting blanks if
+ # necessary. It is easier and safer here than in the
+ # tokenizer. For example '->new' becomes two tokens, '->' and
+ # 'new' with a possible blank between.
+ #
+ # Note: there is a related patch in sub set_white_space_flag
+ if ( $token =~ /^\-\>(.*)$/ && $1 ) {
+ my $token_save = $1;
+ my $type_save = $type;
+
+ # store a blank to left of arrow if necessary
+ if ( $max_index_to_go >= 0
+ && $types_to_go[$max_index_to_go] ne 'b'
+ && $want_left_space{'->'} == WS_YES )
+ {
+ insert_new_token_to_go( ' ', 'b', $slevel,
+ $no_internal_newlines );
+ }
+
+ # then store the arrow
+ $token = '->';
+ $type = $token;
+ store_token_to_go();
+
+ # then reset the current token to be the remainder,
+ # and reset the whitespace flag according to the arrow
+ $$rwhite_space_flag[$j] = $want_right_space{'->'};
+ $token = $token_save;
+ $type = $type_save;
+ }
+
if ( $token =~ /^sub/ ) { $token =~ s/\s+/ /g }
# trim identifiers of trailing blanks which can occur
$token =~ /^(s|tr|y|m|\/)/
&& $last_nonblank_token =~ /^(=|==|!=)$/
- # precededed by simple scalar
+ # preceded by simple scalar
&& $last_last_nonblank_type eq 'i'
&& $last_last_nonblank_token =~ /^\$/
# (but give complaint if we can's see far enough ahead)
&& $next_nonblank_token =~ /^[; \)\}]$/
- # scalar is not decleared
+ # scalar is not declared
&& !(
$types_to_go[0] eq 'k'
&& $tokens_to_go[0] =~ /^(my|our|local)$/
# patch until some block type issues are fixed:
# Do not add semi-colon for block types '{',
# '}', and ';' because we cannot be sure yet
- # that this is a block and not an anonomyous
+ # that this is a block and not an anonymous
# hash (blktype.t, blktype1.t)
&& ( $block_type !~ /^[\{\};]$/ )
# if this is a VERSION statement
|| $is_VERSION_statement
- # to keep a label on one line if that is how it is now
- || ( ( $type eq 'J' ) && ( $max_index_to_go == 0 ) )
+ # to keep a label at the end of a line
+ || $type eq 'J'
# if we are instructed to keep all old line breaks
|| !$rOpts->{'delete-old-newlines'}
if ( $max_index_to_go >= 0 && !$rOpts_ignore_old_breakpoints ) {
$old_breakpoint_to_go[$max_index_to_go] = 1;
}
- } # end sub print_line_of_tokens
-} # end print_line_of_tokens
+ } ## end sub print_line_of_tokens
+} ## end block print_line_of_tokens
# sub output_line_to_go sends one logical line of tokens on down the
# pipeline to the VerticalAligner package, breaking the line into continuation
$cscw_block_comment = add_closing_side_comment()
if ( $rOpts->{'closing-side-comments'} && $max_index_to_go >= 0 );
- match_opening_and_closing_tokens();
+ my $comma_arrow_count_contained = match_opening_and_closing_tokens();
# tell the -lp option we are outputting a batch so it can close
# any unfinished items in its stack
if ( $imin <= $imax ) {
# add a blank line before certain key types but not after a comment
- ##if ( $last_line_leading_type !~ /^[#b]/ ) {
if ( $last_line_leading_type !~ /^[#]/ ) {
my $want_blank = 0;
my $leading_token = $tokens_to_go[$imin];
FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_FLUSH && do {
my ( $package, $file, $line ) = caller;
- print
+ print STDOUT
"FLUSH: flushing from $package $file $line, types= $types_to_go[$imin] to $types_to_go[$imax]\n";
};
my $is_long_line = excess_line_length( $imin, $max_index_to_go ) > 0;
if (
- $max_index_to_go > 0
- && (
- $is_long_line
- || $old_line_count_in_batch > 1
- || is_unbalanced_batch()
- || (
- $comma_count_in_batch
- && ( $rOpts_maximum_fields_per_table > 0
- || $rOpts_comma_arrow_breakpoints == 0 )
- )
+ $is_long_line
+ || $old_line_count_in_batch > 1
+
+ # must always call scan_list() with unbalanced batches because it
+ # is maintaining some stacks
+ || is_unbalanced_batch()
+
+ # call scan_list if we might want to break at commas
+ || (
+ $comma_count_in_batch
+ && ( $rOpts_maximum_fields_per_table > 0
+ || $rOpts_comma_arrow_breakpoints == 0 )
)
+
+ # call scan_list if user may want to break open some one-line
+ # hash references
+ || ( $comma_arrow_count_contained
+ && $rOpts_comma_arrow_breakpoints != 3 )
)
{
- $saw_good_break ||= scan_list();
+ ## This caused problems in one version of perl for unknown reasons:
+ ## $saw_good_break ||= scan_list();
+ my $sgb = scan_list();
+ $saw_good_break ||= $sgb;
}
# let $ri_first and $ri_last be references to lists of
}
else {
- # cannot use one-line blocks with cuddled else else/elsif lines
+ # cannot use one-line blocks with cuddled else/elsif lines
if ( ( $tokens_to_go[0] eq '}' ) && $rOpts_cuddled_else ) {
return 0;
}
# find the starting keyword for this block (such as 'if', 'else', ...)
- if ( $block_type =~ /^[\{\}\;\:]$/ ) {
+ if ( $block_type =~ /^[\{\}\;\:]$/ || $block_type =~ /^package/ ) {
$i_start = $max_index_to_go;
}
# just after the most recent break. This will be 0 unless
# we have just killed a one-line block and are starting another.
# (doif.t)
+ # Note: cannot use inext_index_to_go[] here because that array
+ # is still being constructed.
$i_start = $index_max_forced_break + 1;
if ( $types_to_go[$i_start] eq 'b' ) {
$i_start++;
}
# the previous nonblank token should start these block types
- elsif (
- ( $last_last_nonblank_token_to_go eq $block_type )
- || ( $block_type =~ /^sub/
- && $last_last_nonblank_token_to_go =~ /^sub/ )
- )
+ elsif (( $last_last_nonblank_token_to_go eq $block_type )
+ || ( $block_type =~ /^sub/ ) )
{
$i_start = $last_last_nonblank_index_to_go;
}
# patch for SWITCH/CASE to retain one-line case/when blocks
elsif ( $block_type eq 'case' || $block_type eq 'when' ) {
+
+ # Note: cannot use inext_index_to_go[] here because that array
+ # is still being constructed.
$i_start = $index_max_forced_break + 1;
if ( $types_to_go[$i_start] eq 'b' ) {
$i_start++;
my $i;
# see if length is too long to even start
- if ( $pos > $rOpts_maximum_line_length ) {
+ if ( $pos > maximum_line_length($i_start) ) {
return 1;
}
# old whitespace could be arbitrarily large, so don't use it
if ( $$rtoken_type[$i] eq 'b' ) { $pos += 1 }
- else { $pos += length( $$rtokens[$i] ) }
+ else { $pos += rtoken_length($i) }
# Return false result if we exceed the maximum line length,
- if ( $pos > $rOpts_maximum_line_length ) {
+ if ( $pos > maximum_line_length($i_start) ) {
return 0;
}
&& !$is_sort_map_grep{$block_type} )
{
- ## POSSIBLE FUTURE PATCH FOR IGNORING SIDE COMMENT LENGTHS
- ## WHEN CHECKING FOR ONE-LINE BLOCKS:
- ## if (flag set) then (just add 1 to pos)
- $pos += length( $$rtokens[$i_nonblank] );
+ $pos += rtoken_length($i_nonblank);
if ( $i_nonblank > $i + 1 ) {
# source whitespace could be anything, assume
# at least one space before the hash on output
if ( $$rtoken_type[ $i + 1 ] eq 'b' ) { $pos += 1 }
- else { $pos += length( $$rtokens[ $i + 1 ] ) }
+ else { $pos += rtoken_length( $i + 1 ) }
}
- if ( $pos >= $rOpts_maximum_line_length ) {
+ if ( $pos >= maximum_line_length($i_start) ) {
return 0;
}
}
sub undo_ci {
# Undo continuation indentation in certain sequences
- # For example, we can undo continuation indation in sort/map/grep chains
+ # For example, we can undo continuation indentation in sort/map/grep chains
# my $dat1 = pack( "n*",
# map { $_, $lookup->{$_} }
# sort { $a <=> $b }
{
# chain continues...
- # check for chain ending at end of a a statement
+ # check for chain ending at end of a statement
if ( $line == $max_line ) {
# see of this line ends a statement
@reduced_spaces_to_go[ @$ri_first[ $line_1 .. $n ] ];
}
-sub set_logical_padding {
+sub pad_token {
- # Look at a batch of lines and see if extra padding can improve the
- # alignment when there are certain leading operators. Here is an
- # example, in which some extra space is introduced before
- # '( $year' to make it line up with the subsequent lines:
- #
- # if ( ( $Year < 1601 )
- # || ( $Year > 2899 )
- # || ( $EndYear < 1601 )
- # || ( $EndYear > 2899 ) )
- # {
- # &Error_OutOfRange;
- # }
- #
- my ( $ri_first, $ri_last ) = @_;
- my $max_line = @$ri_first - 1;
+ # insert $pad_spaces before token number $ipad
+ my ( $ipad, $pad_spaces ) = @_;
+ if ( $pad_spaces > 0 ) {
+ $tokens_to_go[$ipad] = ' ' x $pad_spaces . $tokens_to_go[$ipad];
+ }
+ elsif ( $pad_spaces == -1 && $tokens_to_go[$ipad] eq ' ' ) {
+ $tokens_to_go[$ipad] = "";
+ }
+ else {
- my ( $ibeg, $ibeg_next, $ibegm, $iend, $iendm, $ipad, $line, $pad_spaces,
- $tok_next, $type_next, $has_leading_op_next, $has_leading_op );
+ # shouldn't happen
+ return;
+ }
- # looking at each line of this batch..
- foreach $line ( 0 .. $max_line - 1 ) {
-
- # see if the next line begins with a logical operator
- $ibeg = $$ri_first[$line];
- $iend = $$ri_last[$line];
- $ibeg_next = $$ri_first[ $line + 1 ];
- $tok_next = $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_next];
- $type_next = $types_to_go[$ibeg_next];
-
- $has_leading_op_next = ( $tok_next =~ /^\w/ )
- ? $is_chain_operator{$tok_next} # + - * / : ? && ||
- : $is_chain_operator{$type_next}; # and, or
-
- next unless ($has_leading_op_next);
-
- # next line must not be at lesser depth
- next
- if ( $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg] > $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg_next] );
-
- # identify the token in this line to be padded on the left
- $ipad = undef;
-
- # handle lines at same depth...
- if ( $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg] == $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg_next] ) {
-
- # if this is not first line of the batch ...
- if ( $line > 0 ) {
-
- # and we have leading operator..
- next if $has_leading_op;
-
- # Introduce padding if..
- # 1. the previous line is at lesser depth, or
- # 2. the previous line ends in an assignment
- # 3. the previous line ends in a 'return'
- # 4. the previous line ends in a comma
- # Example 1: previous line at lesser depth
- # if ( ( $Year < 1601 ) # <- we are here but
- # || ( $Year > 2899 ) # list has not yet
- # || ( $EndYear < 1601 ) # collapsed vertically
- # || ( $EndYear > 2899 ) )
- # {
- #
- # Example 2: previous line ending in assignment:
- # $leapyear =
- # $year % 4 ? 0 # <- We are here
- # : $year % 100 ? 1
- # : $year % 400 ? 0
- # : 1;
- #
- # Example 3: previous line ending in comma:
- # push @expr,
- # /test/ ? undef
- # : eval($_) ? 1
- # : eval($_) ? 1
- # : 0;
-
- # be sure levels agree (do not indent after an indented 'if')
- next if ( $levels_to_go[$ibeg] ne $levels_to_go[$ibeg_next] );
-
- # allow padding on first line after a comma but only if:
- # (1) this is line 2 and
- # (2) there are at more than three lines and
- # (3) lines 3 and 4 have the same leading operator
- # These rules try to prevent padding within a long
- # comma-separated list.
- my $ok_comma;
- if ( $types_to_go[$iendm] eq ','
- && $line == 1
- && $max_line > 2 )
- {
- my $ibeg_next_next = $$ri_first[ $line + 2 ];
- my $tok_next_next = $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_next_next];
- $ok_comma = $tok_next_next eq $tok_next;
- }
+ $token_lengths_to_go[$ipad] += $pad_spaces;
+ for ( my $i = $ipad ; $i <= $max_index_to_go ; $i++ ) {
+ $summed_lengths_to_go[ $i + 1 ] += $pad_spaces;
+ }
+}
- next
- unless (
- $is_assignment{ $types_to_go[$iendm] }
- || $ok_comma
- || ( $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibegm] <
- $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg] )
- || ( $types_to_go[$iendm] eq 'k'
- && $tokens_to_go[$iendm] eq 'return' )
- );
+{
+ my %is_math_op;
- # we will add padding before the first token
- $ipad = $ibeg;
- }
+ BEGIN {
- # for first line of the batch..
- else {
+ @_ = qw( + - * / );
+ @is_math_op{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
+ }
+
+ sub set_logical_padding {
+
+ # Look at a batch of lines and see if extra padding can improve the
+ # alignment when there are certain leading operators. Here is an
+ # example, in which some extra space is introduced before
+ # '( $year' to make it line up with the subsequent lines:
+ #
+ # if ( ( $Year < 1601 )
+ # || ( $Year > 2899 )
+ # || ( $EndYear < 1601 )
+ # || ( $EndYear > 2899 ) )
+ # {
+ # &Error_OutOfRange;
+ # }
+ #
+ my ( $ri_first, $ri_last ) = @_;
+ my $max_line = @$ri_first - 1;
+
+ my ( $ibeg, $ibeg_next, $ibegm, $iend, $iendm, $ipad, $line,
+ $pad_spaces,
+ $tok_next, $type_next, $has_leading_op_next, $has_leading_op );
+
+ # looking at each line of this batch..
+ foreach $line ( 0 .. $max_line - 1 ) {
+
+ # see if the next line begins with a logical operator
+ $ibeg = $$ri_first[$line];
+ $iend = $$ri_last[$line];
+ $ibeg_next = $$ri_first[ $line + 1 ];
+ $tok_next = $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_next];
+ $type_next = $types_to_go[$ibeg_next];
+
+ $has_leading_op_next = ( $tok_next =~ /^\w/ )
+ ? $is_chain_operator{$tok_next} # + - * / : ? && ||
+ : $is_chain_operator{$type_next}; # and, or
- # WARNING: Never indent if first line is starting in a
- # continued quote, which would change the quote.
- next if $starting_in_quote;
+ next unless ($has_leading_op_next);
- # if this is text after closing '}'
- # then look for an interior token to pad
- if ( $types_to_go[$ibeg] eq '}' ) {
+ # next line must not be at lesser depth
+ next
+ if ( $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg] >
+ $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg_next] );
+
+ # identify the token in this line to be padded on the left
+ $ipad = undef;
+
+ # handle lines at same depth...
+ if ( $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg] ==
+ $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg_next] )
+ {
+
+ # if this is not first line of the batch ...
+ if ( $line > 0 ) {
+
+ # and we have leading operator..
+ next if $has_leading_op;
+
+ # Introduce padding if..
+ # 1. the previous line is at lesser depth, or
+ # 2. the previous line ends in an assignment
+ # 3. the previous line ends in a 'return'
+ # 4. the previous line ends in a comma
+ # Example 1: previous line at lesser depth
+ # if ( ( $Year < 1601 ) # <- we are here but
+ # || ( $Year > 2899 ) # list has not yet
+ # || ( $EndYear < 1601 ) # collapsed vertically
+ # || ( $EndYear > 2899 ) )
+ # {
+ #
+ # Example 2: previous line ending in assignment:
+ # $leapyear =
+ # $year % 4 ? 0 # <- We are here
+ # : $year % 100 ? 1
+ # : $year % 400 ? 0
+ # : 1;
+ #
+ # Example 3: previous line ending in comma:
+ # push @expr,
+ # /test/ ? undef
+ # : eval($_) ? 1
+ # : eval($_) ? 1
+ # : 0;
+
+ # be sure levels agree (do not indent after an indented 'if')
+ next
+ if ( $levels_to_go[$ibeg] ne $levels_to_go[$ibeg_next] );
+
+ # allow padding on first line after a comma but only if:
+ # (1) this is line 2 and
+ # (2) there are at more than three lines and
+ # (3) lines 3 and 4 have the same leading operator
+ # These rules try to prevent padding within a long
+ # comma-separated list.
+ my $ok_comma;
+ if ( $types_to_go[$iendm] eq ','
+ && $line == 1
+ && $max_line > 2 )
+ {
+ my $ibeg_next_next = $$ri_first[ $line + 2 ];
+ my $tok_next_next = $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_next_next];
+ $ok_comma = $tok_next_next eq $tok_next;
+ }
+
+ next
+ unless (
+ $is_assignment{ $types_to_go[$iendm] }
+ || $ok_comma
+ || ( $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibegm] <
+ $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg] )
+ || ( $types_to_go[$iendm] eq 'k'
+ && $tokens_to_go[$iendm] eq 'return' )
+ );
+ # we will add padding before the first token
+ $ipad = $ibeg;
}
- # otherwise, we might pad if it looks really good
+ # for first line of the batch..
else {
- # we might pad token $ibeg, so be sure that it
- # is at the same depth as the next line.
- next
- if ( $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg] !=
- $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg_next] );
+ # WARNING: Never indent if first line is starting in a
+ # continued quote, which would change the quote.
+ next if $starting_in_quote;
+
+ # if this is text after closing '}'
+ # then look for an interior token to pad
+ if ( $types_to_go[$ibeg] eq '}' ) {
- # We can pad on line 1 of a statement if at least 3
- # lines will be aligned. Otherwise, it
- # can look very confusing.
+ }
+
+ # otherwise, we might pad if it looks really good
+ else {
+
+ # we might pad token $ibeg, so be sure that it
+ # is at the same depth as the next line.
+ next
+ if ( $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg] !=
+ $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg_next] );
+
+ # We can pad on line 1 of a statement if at least 3
+ # lines will be aligned. Otherwise, it
+ # can look very confusing.
# We have to be careful not to pad if there are too few
# lines. The current rule is:
# : $i == 2 ? ( "Then", "Rarity" )
# : ( "Then", "Name" );
- if ( $max_line > 1 ) {
- my $leading_token = $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_next];
- my $tokens_differ;
-
- # never indent line 1 of a '.' series because
- # previous line is most likely at same level.
- # TODO: we should also look at the leasing_spaces
- # of the last output line and skip if it is same
- # as this line.
- next if ( $leading_token eq '.' );
-
- my $count = 1;
- foreach my $l ( 2 .. 3 ) {
- last if ( $line + $l > $max_line );
- my $ibeg_next_next = $$ri_first[ $line + $l ];
- if ( $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_next_next] ne
- $leading_token )
- {
- $tokens_differ = 1;
- last;
+ if ( $max_line > 1 ) {
+ my $leading_token = $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_next];
+ my $tokens_differ;
+
+ # never indent line 1 of a '.' series because
+ # previous line is most likely at same level.
+ # TODO: we should also look at the leasing_spaces
+ # of the last output line and skip if it is same
+ # as this line.
+ next if ( $leading_token eq '.' );
+
+ my $count = 1;
+ foreach my $l ( 2 .. 3 ) {
+ last if ( $line + $l > $max_line );
+ my $ibeg_next_next = $$ri_first[ $line + $l ];
+ if ( $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_next_next] ne
+ $leading_token )
+ {
+ $tokens_differ = 1;
+ last;
+ }
+ $count++;
}
- $count++;
+ next if ($tokens_differ);
+ next if ( $count < 3 && $leading_token ne ':' );
+ $ipad = $ibeg;
+ }
+ else {
+ next;
}
- next if ($tokens_differ);
- next if ( $count < 3 && $leading_token ne ':' );
- $ipad = $ibeg;
- }
- else {
- next;
}
}
}
- }
- # find interior token to pad if necessary
- if ( !defined($ipad) ) {
+ # find interior token to pad if necessary
+ if ( !defined($ipad) ) {
- for ( my $i = $ibeg ; ( $i < $iend ) && !$ipad ; $i++ ) {
+ for ( my $i = $ibeg ; ( $i < $iend ) && !$ipad ; $i++ ) {
- # find any unclosed container
- next
- unless ( $type_sequence_to_go[$i]
- && $mate_index_to_go[$i] > $iend );
+ # find any unclosed container
+ next
+ unless ( $type_sequence_to_go[$i]
+ && $mate_index_to_go[$i] > $iend );
- # find next nonblank token to pad
- $ipad = $i + 1;
- if ( $types_to_go[$ipad] eq 'b' ) {
- $ipad++;
+ # find next nonblank token to pad
+ $ipad = $inext_to_go[$i];
last if ( $ipad > $iend );
}
+ last unless $ipad;
}
- last unless $ipad;
- }
- # We cannot pad a leading token at the lowest level because
- # it could cause a bug in which the starting indentation
- # level is guessed incorrectly each time the code is run
- # though perltidy, thus causing the code to march off to
- # the right. For example, the following snippet would have
- # this problem:
+ # We cannot pad a leading token at the lowest level because
+ # it could cause a bug in which the starting indentation
+ # level is guessed incorrectly each time the code is run
+ # though perltidy, thus causing the code to march off to
+ # the right. For example, the following snippet would have
+ # this problem:
## ov_method mycan( $package, '(""' ), $package
## or ov_method mycan( $package, '(0+' ), $package
## or ov_method mycan( $package, '(bool' ), $package
## or ov_method mycan( $package, '(nomethod' ), $package;
- # If this snippet is within a block this won't happen
- # unless the user just processes the snippet alone within
- # an editor. In that case either the user will see and
- # fix the problem or it will be corrected next time the
- # entire file is processed with perltidy.
- next if ( $ipad == 0 && $levels_to_go[$ipad] == 0 );
-
- # next line must not be at greater depth
- my $iend_next = $$ri_last[ $line + 1 ];
- next
- if ( $nesting_depth_to_go[ $iend_next + 1 ] >
- $nesting_depth_to_go[$ipad] );
-
- # lines must be somewhat similar to be padded..
- my $inext_next = $ibeg_next + 1;
- if ( $types_to_go[$inext_next] eq 'b' ) {
- $inext_next++;
- }
- my $type = $types_to_go[$ipad];
- my $type_next = $types_to_go[ $ipad + 1 ];
-
- # see if there are multiple continuation lines
- my $logical_continuation_lines = 1;
- if ( $line + 2 <= $max_line ) {
- my $leading_token = $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_next];
- my $ibeg_next_next = $$ri_first[ $line + 2 ];
- if ( $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_next_next] eq $leading_token
- && $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg_next] eq
- $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg_next_next] )
- {
- $logical_continuation_lines++;
+ # If this snippet is within a block this won't happen
+ # unless the user just processes the snippet alone within
+ # an editor. In that case either the user will see and
+ # fix the problem or it will be corrected next time the
+ # entire file is processed with perltidy.
+ next if ( $ipad == 0 && $levels_to_go[$ipad] == 0 );
+
+## THIS PATCH REMOVES THE FOLLOWING POOR PADDING (math.t) with -pbp, BUT
+## IT DID MORE HARM THAN GOOD
+## ceil(
+## $font->{'loca'}->{'glyphs'}[$x]->read->{'xMin'} * 1000
+## / $upem
+## ),
+##? # do not put leading padding for just 2 lines of math
+##? if ( $ipad == $ibeg
+##? && $line > 0
+##? && $levels_to_go[$ipad] > $levels_to_go[ $ipad - 1 ]
+##? && $is_math_op{$type_next}
+##? && $line + 2 <= $max_line )
+##? {
+##? my $ibeg_next_next = $$ri_first[ $line + 2 ];
+##? my $type_next_next = $types_to_go[$ibeg_next_next];
+##? next if !$is_math_op{$type_next_next};
+##? }
+
+ # next line must not be at greater depth
+ my $iend_next = $$ri_last[ $line + 1 ];
+ next
+ if ( $nesting_depth_to_go[ $iend_next + 1 ] >
+ $nesting_depth_to_go[$ipad] );
+
+ # lines must be somewhat similar to be padded..
+ my $inext_next = $inext_to_go[$ibeg_next];
+ my $type = $types_to_go[$ipad];
+ my $type_next = $types_to_go[ $ipad + 1 ];
+
+ # see if there are multiple continuation lines
+ my $logical_continuation_lines = 1;
+ if ( $line + 2 <= $max_line ) {
+ my $leading_token = $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_next];
+ my $ibeg_next_next = $$ri_first[ $line + 2 ];
+ if ( $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_next_next] eq $leading_token
+ && $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg_next] eq
+ $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg_next_next] )
+ {
+ $logical_continuation_lines++;
+ }
}
- }
- # see if leading types match
- my $types_match = $types_to_go[$inext_next] eq $type;
- my $matches_without_bang;
+ # see if leading types match
+ my $types_match = $types_to_go[$inext_next] eq $type;
+ my $matches_without_bang;
- # if first line has leading ! then compare the following token
- if ( !$types_match && $type eq '!' ) {
- $types_match = $matches_without_bang =
- $types_to_go[$inext_next] eq $types_to_go[ $ipad + 1 ];
- }
+ # if first line has leading ! then compare the following token
+ if ( !$types_match && $type eq '!' ) {
+ $types_match = $matches_without_bang =
+ $types_to_go[$inext_next] eq $types_to_go[ $ipad + 1 ];
+ }
- if (
+ if (
- # either we have multiple continuation lines to follow
- # and we are not padding the first token
- ( $logical_continuation_lines > 1 && $ipad > 0 )
+ # either we have multiple continuation lines to follow
+ # and we are not padding the first token
+ ( $logical_continuation_lines > 1 && $ipad > 0 )
- # or..
- || (
+ # or..
+ || (
- # types must match
- $types_match
+ # types must match
+ $types_match
- # and keywords must match if keyword
- && !(
- $type eq 'k'
- && $tokens_to_go[$ipad] ne $tokens_to_go[$inext_next]
+ # and keywords must match if keyword
+ && !(
+ $type eq 'k'
+ && $tokens_to_go[$ipad] ne $tokens_to_go[$inext_next]
+ )
)
- )
- )
- {
+ )
+ {
- #----------------------begin special checks--------------
- #
- # SPECIAL CHECK 1:
- # A check is needed before we can make the pad.
- # If we are in a list with some long items, we want each
- # item to stand out. So in the following example, the
- # first line begining with '$casefold->' would look good
- # padded to align with the next line, but then it
- # would be indented more than the last line, so we
- # won't do it.
- #
- # ok(
- # $casefold->{code} eq '0041'
- # && $casefold->{status} eq 'C'
- # && $casefold->{mapping} eq '0061',
- # 'casefold 0x41'
- # );
- #
- # Note:
- # It would be faster, and almost as good, to use a comma
- # count, and not pad if comma_count > 1 and the previous
- # line did not end with a comma.
- #
- my $ok_to_pad = 1;
+ #----------------------begin special checks--------------
+ #
+ # SPECIAL CHECK 1:
+ # A check is needed before we can make the pad.
+ # If we are in a list with some long items, we want each
+ # item to stand out. So in the following example, the
+ # first line beginning with '$casefold->' would look good
+ # padded to align with the next line, but then it
+ # would be indented more than the last line, so we
+ # won't do it.
+ #
+ # ok(
+ # $casefold->{code} eq '0041'
+ # && $casefold->{status} eq 'C'
+ # && $casefold->{mapping} eq '0061',
+ # 'casefold 0x41'
+ # );
+ #
+ # Note:
+ # It would be faster, and almost as good, to use a comma
+ # count, and not pad if comma_count > 1 and the previous
+ # line did not end with a comma.
+ #
+ my $ok_to_pad = 1;
- my $ibg = $$ri_first[ $line + 1 ];
- my $depth = $nesting_depth_to_go[ $ibg + 1 ];
+ my $ibg = $$ri_first[ $line + 1 ];
+ my $depth = $nesting_depth_to_go[ $ibg + 1 ];
- # just use simplified formula for leading spaces to avoid
- # needless sub calls
- my $lsp = $levels_to_go[$ibg] + $ci_levels_to_go[$ibg];
+ # just use simplified formula for leading spaces to avoid
+ # needless sub calls
+ my $lsp = $levels_to_go[$ibg] + $ci_levels_to_go[$ibg];
- # look at each line beyond the next ..
- my $l = $line + 1;
- foreach $l ( $line + 2 .. $max_line ) {
- my $ibg = $$ri_first[$l];
+ # look at each line beyond the next ..
+ my $l = $line + 1;
+ foreach $l ( $line + 2 .. $max_line ) {
+ my $ibg = $$ri_first[$l];
- # quit looking at the end of this container
- last
- if ( $nesting_depth_to_go[ $ibg + 1 ] < $depth )
- || ( $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibg] < $depth );
+ # quit looking at the end of this container
+ last
+ if ( $nesting_depth_to_go[ $ibg + 1 ] < $depth )
+ || ( $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibg] < $depth );
- # cannot do the pad if a later line would be
- # outdented more
- if ( $levels_to_go[$ibg] + $ci_levels_to_go[$ibg] < $lsp ) {
- $ok_to_pad = 0;
- last;
+ # cannot do the pad if a later line would be
+ # outdented more
+ if ( $levels_to_go[$ibg] + $ci_levels_to_go[$ibg] < $lsp ) {
+ $ok_to_pad = 0;
+ last;
+ }
}
- }
- # don't pad if we end in a broken list
- if ( $l == $max_line ) {
- my $i2 = $$ri_last[$l];
- if ( $types_to_go[$i2] eq '#' ) {
- my $i1 = $$ri_first[$l];
- next
- if (
- terminal_type( \@types_to_go, \@block_type_to_go, $i1,
- $i2 ) eq ','
- );
+ # don't pad if we end in a broken list
+ if ( $l == $max_line ) {
+ my $i2 = $$ri_last[$l];
+ if ( $types_to_go[$i2] eq '#' ) {
+ my $i1 = $$ri_first[$l];
+ next
+ if (
+ terminal_type( \@types_to_go, \@block_type_to_go,
+ $i1, $i2 ) eq ','
+ );
+ }
}
- }
- # SPECIAL CHECK 2:
- # a minus may introduce a quoted variable, and we will
- # add the pad only if this line begins with a bare word,
- # such as for the word 'Button' here:
- # [
- # Button => "Print letter \"~$_\"",
- # -command => [ sub { print "$_[0]\n" }, $_ ],
- # -accelerator => "Meta+$_"
- # ];
- #
- # On the other hand, if 'Button' is quoted, it looks best
- # not to pad:
- # [
- # 'Button' => "Print letter \"~$_\"",
- # -command => [ sub { print "$_[0]\n" }, $_ ],
- # -accelerator => "Meta+$_"
- # ];
- if ( $types_to_go[$ibeg_next] eq 'm' ) {
- $ok_to_pad = 0 if $types_to_go[$ibeg] eq 'Q';
- }
-
- next unless $ok_to_pad;
-
- #----------------------end special check---------------
-
- my $length_1 = total_line_length( $ibeg, $ipad - 1 );
- my $length_2 = total_line_length( $ibeg_next, $inext_next - 1 );
- $pad_spaces = $length_2 - $length_1;
-
- # If the first line has a leading ! and the second does
- # not, then remove one space to try to align the next
- # leading characters, which are often the same. For example:
- # if ( !$ts
- # || $ts == $self->Holder
- # || $self->Holder->Type eq "Arena" )
- #
- # This usually helps readability, but if there are subsequent
- # ! operators things will still get messed up. For example:
- #
- # if ( !exists $Net::DNS::typesbyname{$qtype}
- # && exists $Net::DNS::classesbyname{$qtype}
- # && !exists $Net::DNS::classesbyname{$qclass}
- # && exists $Net::DNS::typesbyname{$qclass} )
- # We can't fix that.
- if ($matches_without_bang) { $pad_spaces-- }
-
- # make sure this won't change if -lp is used
- my $indentation_1 = $leading_spaces_to_go[$ibeg];
- if ( ref($indentation_1) ) {
- if ( $indentation_1->get_RECOVERABLE_SPACES() == 0 ) {
- my $indentation_2 = $leading_spaces_to_go[$ibeg_next];
- unless ( $indentation_2->get_RECOVERABLE_SPACES() == 0 ) {
- $pad_spaces = 0;
+ # SPECIAL CHECK 2:
+ # a minus may introduce a quoted variable, and we will
+ # add the pad only if this line begins with a bare word,
+ # such as for the word 'Button' here:
+ # [
+ # Button => "Print letter \"~$_\"",
+ # -command => [ sub { print "$_[0]\n" }, $_ ],
+ # -accelerator => "Meta+$_"
+ # ];
+ #
+ # On the other hand, if 'Button' is quoted, it looks best
+ # not to pad:
+ # [
+ # 'Button' => "Print letter \"~$_\"",
+ # -command => [ sub { print "$_[0]\n" }, $_ ],
+ # -accelerator => "Meta+$_"
+ # ];
+ if ( $types_to_go[$ibeg_next] eq 'm' ) {
+ $ok_to_pad = 0 if $types_to_go[$ibeg] eq 'Q';
+ }
+
+ next unless $ok_to_pad;
+
+ #----------------------end special check---------------
+
+ my $length_1 = total_line_length( $ibeg, $ipad - 1 );
+ my $length_2 = total_line_length( $ibeg_next, $inext_next - 1 );
+ $pad_spaces = $length_2 - $length_1;
+
+ # If the first line has a leading ! and the second does
+ # not, then remove one space to try to align the next
+ # leading characters, which are often the same. For example:
+ # if ( !$ts
+ # || $ts == $self->Holder
+ # || $self->Holder->Type eq "Arena" )
+ #
+ # This usually helps readability, but if there are subsequent
+ # ! operators things will still get messed up. For example:
+ #
+ # if ( !exists $Net::DNS::typesbyname{$qtype}
+ # && exists $Net::DNS::classesbyname{$qtype}
+ # && !exists $Net::DNS::classesbyname{$qclass}
+ # && exists $Net::DNS::typesbyname{$qclass} )
+ # We can't fix that.
+ if ($matches_without_bang) { $pad_spaces-- }
+
+ # make sure this won't change if -lp is used
+ my $indentation_1 = $leading_spaces_to_go[$ibeg];
+ if ( ref($indentation_1) ) {
+ if ( $indentation_1->get_RECOVERABLE_SPACES() == 0 ) {
+ my $indentation_2 = $leading_spaces_to_go[$ibeg_next];
+ unless ( $indentation_2->get_RECOVERABLE_SPACES() == 0 )
+ {
+ $pad_spaces = 0;
+ }
}
}
- }
- # we might be able to handle a pad of -1 by removing a blank
- # token
- if ( $pad_spaces < 0 ) {
+ # we might be able to handle a pad of -1 by removing a blank
+ # token
+ if ( $pad_spaces < 0 ) {
- if ( $pad_spaces == -1 ) {
- if ( $ipad > $ibeg && $types_to_go[ $ipad - 1 ] eq 'b' ) {
- $tokens_to_go[ $ipad - 1 ] = '';
+ if ( $pad_spaces == -1 ) {
+ if ( $ipad > $ibeg && $types_to_go[ $ipad - 1 ] eq 'b' )
+ {
+ pad_token( $ipad - 1, $pad_spaces );
+ }
}
+ $pad_spaces = 0;
}
- $pad_spaces = 0;
- }
- # now apply any padding for alignment
- if ( $ipad >= 0 && $pad_spaces ) {
+ # now apply any padding for alignment
+ if ( $ipad >= 0 && $pad_spaces ) {
- my $length_t = total_line_length( $ibeg, $iend );
- if ( $pad_spaces + $length_t <= $rOpts_maximum_line_length ) {
- $tokens_to_go[$ipad] =
- ' ' x $pad_spaces . $tokens_to_go[$ipad];
+ my $length_t = total_line_length( $ibeg, $iend );
+ if ( $pad_spaces + $length_t <= maximum_line_length($ibeg) )
+ {
+ pad_token( $ipad, $pad_spaces );
+ }
}
}
}
+ continue {
+ $iendm = $iend;
+ $ibegm = $ibeg;
+ $has_leading_op = $has_leading_op_next;
+ } # end of loop over lines
+ return;
}
- continue {
- $iendm = $iend;
- $ibegm = $ibeg;
- $has_leading_op = $has_leading_op_next;
- } # end of loop over lines
- return;
}
sub correct_lp_indentation {
# skip closed container on this line
if ( $i > $ibeg ) {
- my $im = $i - 1;
- if ( $types_to_go[$im] eq 'b' && $im > $ibeg ) { $im-- }
+ my $im = max( $ibeg, $iprev_to_go[$i] );
if ( $type_sequence_to_go[$im]
&& $mate_index_to_go[$im] <= $iend )
{
$max_length = $length_t;
}
}
- $right_margin = $rOpts_maximum_line_length - $max_length;
+ $right_margin = maximum_line_length($ibeg) - $max_length;
if ( $right_margin < 0 ) { $right_margin = 0 }
}
# this will contain the column number of the last character
# of the closing side comment
- ##$csc_last_label="" unless $csc_last_label;
$leading_block_text_line_length =
length($csc_last_label) +
length($accumulating_text_for_block) +
&& $types_to_go[$i] ne '#' )
{
- my $added_length = length( $tokens_to_go[$i] );
+ my $added_length = $token_lengths_to_go[$i];
$added_length += 1 if $i == 0;
my $new_line_length = $leading_block_text_line_length + $added_length;
# the new total line length must be below the line length limit
# or the new length must be below the text length limit
# (ie, we may allow one token to exceed the text length limit)
- && ( $new_line_length < $rOpts_maximum_line_length
+ && (
+ $new_line_length <
+ maximum_line_length_for_level($leading_block_text_level)
+
|| length($leading_block_text) + $added_length <
- $rOpts_closing_side_comment_maximum_text )
+ $rOpts_closing_side_comment_maximum_text
+ )
# UNLESS: we are adding a closing paren before the brace we seek.
# This is an attempt to avoid situations where the ... to be
# show that text was truncated if necessary
elsif ( $types_to_go[$i] ne 'b' ) {
$leading_block_text_length_exceeded = 1;
+## Please see file perltidy.ERR
$leading_block_text .= '...';
}
}
# if/elsif text to be appended.
# patch for SWITCH/CASE: added 'case' and 'when'
@_ = qw(if elsif else unless while until for foreach case when);
- @is_if_elsif_else_unless_while_until_for_foreach{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
+ @is_if_elsif_else_unless_while_until_for_foreach{@_} =
+ (1) x scalar(@_);
}
sub accumulate_csc_text {
# restore any leading text saved when we entered this block
if ( defined( $block_leading_text{$type_sequence} ) ) {
- ( $block_leading_text, $rblock_leading_if_elsif_text ) =
- @{ $block_leading_text{$type_sequence} };
+ ( $block_leading_text, $rblock_leading_if_elsif_text )
+ = @{ $block_leading_text{$type_sequence} };
$i_block_leading_text = $i;
delete $block_leading_text{$type_sequence};
$rleading_block_if_elsif_text =
my ( $i_terminal, $block_type, $block_leading_text, $rif_elsif_text ) = @_;
my $csc_text = $block_leading_text;
- if ( $block_type eq 'elsif' && $rOpts_closing_side_comment_else_flag == 0 )
+ if ( $block_type eq 'elsif'
+ && $rOpts_closing_side_comment_else_flag == 0 )
{
return $csc_text;
}
length($block_type) +
length( $rOpts->{'closing-side-comment-prefix'} ) +
$levels_to_go[$i_terminal] * $rOpts_indent_columns + 3;
- if ( $length > $rOpts_maximum_line_length ) {
+ if ( $length > maximum_line_length_for_level($leading_block_text_level) ) {
$csc_text = $saved_text;
}
return $csc_text;
# output = ## end foreach my $foo ( sort { $b ...})
# NOTE: This routine does not currently filter out structures within
- # quoted text because the bounce algorithims in text editors do not
+ # quoted text because the bounce algorithms in text editors do not
# necessarily do this either (a version of vim was checked and
# did not do this).
# ..and either
&& (
- # this is the last token (line doesnt have a side comment)
+ # this is the last token (line doesn't have a side comment)
!$have_side_comment
# or the old side comment is a closing side comment
# if the new comment is shorter and has been limited,
# only compare the common part.
- if ( length($new_csc) < length($old_csc) && $new_trailing_dots )
+ if ( length($new_csc) < length($old_csc)
+ && $new_trailing_dots )
{
$old_csc = substr( $old_csc, 0, length($new_csc) );
}
# flush an outdented line to avoid any unwanted vertical alignment
Perl::Tidy::VerticalAligner::flush() if ($is_outdented_line);
+ # Set a flag at the final ':' of a ternary chain to request
+ # vertical alignment of the final term. Here is a
+ # slightly complex example:
+ #
+ # $self->{_text} = (
+ # !$section ? ''
+ # : $type eq 'item' ? "the $section entry"
+ # : "the section on $section"
+ # )
+ # . (
+ # $page
+ # ? ( $section ? ' in ' : '' ) . "the $page$page_ext manpage"
+ # : ' elsewhere in this document'
+ # );
+ #
my $is_terminal_ternary = 0;
if ( $tokens_to_go[$ibeg] eq ':'
|| $n > 0 && $tokens_to_go[ $$ri_last[ $n - 1 ] ] eq ':' )
{
- if ( ( $terminal_type eq ';' && $level_end <= $lev )
- || ( $level_end < $lev ) )
+ my $last_leading_type = ":";
+ if ( $n > 0 ) {
+ my $iprev = $$ri_first[ $n - 1 ];
+ $last_leading_type = $types_to_go[$iprev];
+ }
+ if ( $terminal_type ne ';'
+ && $n_last_line > $n
+ && $level_end == $lev )
{
- $is_terminal_ternary = 1;
+ my $inext = $$ri_first[ $n + 1 ];
+ $level_end = $levels_to_go[$inext];
+ $terminal_type = $types_to_go[$inext];
}
+
+ $is_terminal_ternary = $last_leading_type eq ':'
+ && ( ( $terminal_type eq ';' && $level_end <= $lev )
+ || ( $terminal_type ne ':' && $level_end < $lev ) )
+
+ # the terminal term must not contain any ternary terms, as in
+ # my $ECHO = (
+ # $Is_MSWin32 ? ".\\echo$$"
+ # : $Is_MacOS ? ":echo$$"
+ # : ( $Is_NetWare ? "echo$$" : "./echo$$" )
+ # );
+ && !grep /^[\?\:]$/, @types_to_go[ $ibeg + 1 .. $iend ];
}
# send this new line down the pipe
my $forced_breakpoint = $forced_breakpoint_to_go[$iend];
- Perl::Tidy::VerticalAligner::append_line(
+ Perl::Tidy::VerticalAligner::valign_input(
$lev,
$level_end,
$indentation,
# and limit total to 10 character widths
&& token_sequence_length( $ibeg, $iend ) <= 10;
-## $last_output_short_opening_token =
-## $types_to_go[$iend] =~ /^[\{\(\[L]$/
-## && $iend - $ibeg <= 2
-## && $tokens_to_go[$ibeg] !~ /^sub/
-## && token_sequence_length( $ibeg, $iend ) <= 10;
-
} # end of loop to output each line
# remember indentation of lines containing opening containers for
save_opening_indentation( $ri_first, $ri_last, $rindentation_list );
}
-{ # begin make_alignment_patterns
+{ # begin make_alignment_patterns
my %block_type_map;
my %keyword_map;
# Make the container name even more unique if necessary.
# If we are not vertically aligning this opening paren,
# append a character count to avoid bad alignment because
- # it usually looks bad to align commas within continers
+ # it usually looks bad to align commas within containers
# for which the opening parens do not align. Here
# is an example very BAD alignment of commas (because
# the atan2 functions are not all aligned):
if ( $matching_token_to_go[$i] eq '' ) {
# Sum length from previous alignment, or start of line.
- # Note that we have to sum token lengths here because
- # padding has been done and so array $lengths_to_go
- # is now wrong.
my $len =
- length(
- join( '', @tokens_to_go[ $i_start .. $i - 1 ] ) );
- $len += leading_spaces_to_go($i_start)
- if ( $i_start == $ibeg );
+ ( $i_start == $ibeg )
+ ? total_line_length( $i_start, $i - 1 )
+ : token_sequence_length( $i_start, $i - 1 );
# tack length onto the container name to make unique
$container_name[$depth] .= "-" . $len;
@unmatched_opening_indexes_in_this_batch = ();
@unmatched_closing_indexes_in_this_batch = ();
%comma_arrow_count = ();
+ my $comma_arrow_count_contained = 0;
my ( $i, $i_mate, $token );
foreach $i ( 0 .. $max_index_to_go ) {
{
$mate_index_to_go[$i] = $i_mate;
$mate_index_to_go[$i_mate] = $i;
+ my $seqno = $type_sequence_to_go[$i];
+ if ( $comma_arrow_count{$seqno} ) {
+ $comma_arrow_count_contained +=
+ $comma_arrow_count{$seqno};
+ }
}
else {
push @unmatched_opening_indexes_in_this_batch,
}
}
}
+ return $comma_arrow_count_contained;
}
sub save_opening_indentation {
# if/elsif text to be appended.
# patch for SWITCH/CASE: added 'case' and 'when'
@_ = qw(if elsif else unless while until for foreach case when);
- @is_if_elsif_else_unless_while_until_for_foreach{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
+ @is_if_elsif_else_unless_while_until_for_foreach{@_} =
+ (1) x scalar(@_);
}
sub set_adjusted_indentation {
# allow just one character before the comma
&& $i_terminal == $ibeg + 1
- # requre LIST environment; otherwise, we may outdent too much --
+ # require LIST environment; otherwise, we may outdent too much -
# this can happen in calls without parentheses (overload.t);
&& $container_environment_to_go[$i_terminal] eq 'LIST'
)
}
}
- # revert to default if it doesnt work
+ # revert to default if it doesn't work
else {
$space_count = leading_spaces_to_go($ibeg);
if ( $default_adjust_indentation == 0 ) {
# if we should combine this line with the next line to achieve the
# desired vertical tightness. The array of parameters contains:
#
- # [0] type: 1=is opening tok 2=is closing tok 3=is opening block brace
+ # [0] type: 1=opening non-block 2=closing non-block
+ # 3=opening block brace 4=closing block brace
+ #
# [1] flag: if opening: 1=no multiple steps, 2=multiple steps ok
# if closing: spaces of padding to use
# [2] sequence number of container
my $rvertical_tightness_flags = [ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 ];
+ #--------------------------------------------------------------
+ # Vertical Tightness Flags Section 1:
+ # Handle Lines 1 .. n-1 but not the last line
# For non-BLOCK tokens, we will need to examine the next line
# too, so we won't consider the last line.
+ #--------------------------------------------------------------
if ( $n < $n_last_line ) {
- # see if last token is an opening token...not a BLOCK...
+ #--------------------------------------------------------------
+ # Vertical Tightness Flags Section 1a:
+ # Look for Type 1, last token of this line is a non-block opening token
+ #--------------------------------------------------------------
my $ibeg_next = $$ri_first[ $n + 1 ];
my $token_end = $tokens_to_go[$iend];
my $iend_next = $$ri_last[ $n + 1 ];
}
}
- # see if first token of next line is a closing token...
- # ..and be sure this line does not have a side comment
+ #--------------------------------------------------------------
+ # Vertical Tightness Flags Section 1b:
+ # Look for Type 2, first token of next line is a non-block closing
+ # token .. and be sure this line does not have a side comment
+ #--------------------------------------------------------------
my $token_next = $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_next];
if ( $type_sequence_to_go[$ibeg_next]
&& !$block_type_to_go[$ibeg_next]
}
}
- # Opening Token Right
+ #--------------------------------------------------------------
+ # Vertical Tightness Flags Section 1c:
+ # Implement the Opening Token Right flag (Type 2)..
# If requested, move an isolated trailing opening token to the end of
# the previous line which ended in a comma. We could do this
# in sub recombine_breakpoints but that would cause problems
# quickly move far to the right in nested expressions. By
# doing it after indentation has been set, we avoid changes
# to the indentation. Actual movement of the token takes place
- # in sub write_leader_and_string.
+ # in sub valign_output_step_B.
+ #--------------------------------------------------------------
if (
$opening_token_right{ $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_next] }
# previous line ended in one of these
# (add other cases if necessary; '=>' and '.' are not necessary
- ##&& ($is_opening_token{$token_end} || $token_end eq ',')
&& !$block_type_to_go[$ibeg_next]
# this is a line with just an opening token
( 2, $spaces, $type_sequence_to_go[$ibeg_next], $valid_flag, );
}
- # Stacking of opening and closing tokens
+ #--------------------------------------------------------------
+ # Vertical Tightness Flags Section 1d:
+ # Stacking of opening and closing tokens (Type 2)
+ #--------------------------------------------------------------
my $stackable;
my $token_beg_next = $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_next];
}
}
+ #--------------------------------------------------------------
+ # Vertical Tightness Flags Section 2:
+ # Handle type 3, opening block braces on last line of the batch
# Check for a last line with isolated opening BLOCK curly
+ #--------------------------------------------------------------
elsif ($rOpts_block_brace_vertical_tightness
&& $ibeg eq $iend
&& $types_to_go[$iend] eq '{'
( 3, $rOpts_block_brace_vertical_tightness, 0, 1 );
}
+ #--------------------------------------------------------------
+ # Vertical Tightness Flags Section 3:
+ # Handle type 4, a closing block brace on the last line of the batch Check
+ # for a last line with isolated closing BLOCK curly
+ #--------------------------------------------------------------
+ elsif ($rOpts_stack_closing_block_brace
+ && $ibeg eq $iend
+ && $block_type_to_go[$iend]
+ && $types_to_go[$iend] eq '}' )
+ {
+ my $spaces = $rOpts_block_brace_tightness == 2 ? 0 : 1;
+ @{$rvertical_tightness_flags} =
+ ( 4, $spaces, $type_sequence_to_go[$iend], 1 );
+ }
+
# pack in the sequence numbers of the ends of this line
$rvertical_tightness_flags->[4] = get_seqno($ibeg);
$rvertical_tightness_flags->[5] = get_seqno($iend);
{
my %is_vertical_alignment_type;
my %is_vertical_alignment_keyword;
+ my %is_terminal_alignment_type;
BEGIN {
+ # Removed =~ from list to improve chances of alignment
@_ = qw#
= **= += *= &= <<= &&= -= /= |= >>= ||= //= .= %= ^= x=
- { ? : => =~ && || // ~~ !~~
+ { ? : => && || // ~~ !~~
#;
@is_vertical_alignment_type{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
- @_ = qw(if unless and or err eq ne for foreach while until);
+ # only align these at end of line
+ @_ = qw(&& ||);
+ @is_terminal_alignment_type{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
+
+ # eq and ne were removed from this list to improve alignment chances
+ @_ = qw(if unless and or err for foreach while until);
@is_vertical_alignment_keyword{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
}
$alignment_type = $token;
# Do not align a terminal token. Although it might
- # occasionally look ok to do this, it has been found to be
+ # occasionally look ok to do this, this has been found to be
# a good general rule. The main problems are:
# (1) that the terminal token (such as an = or :) might get
# moved far to the right where it is hard to see because
# nothing follows it, and
# (2) doing so may prevent other good alignments.
+ # Current exceptions are && and ||
if ( $i == $iend || $i >= $i_terminal ) {
- $alignment_type = "";
+ $alignment_type = ""
+ unless ( $is_terminal_alignment_type{$type} );
}
# Do not align leading ': (' or '. ('. This would prevent
}
else {
- # start at end and walk bakwards..
+ # start at end and walk backwards..
for ( my $i = $iend ; $i >= $ibeg ; $i-- ) {
# skip past any side comment and blanks
}
}
-{
+{ # set_bond_strengths
+
my %is_good_keyword_breakpoint;
my %is_lt_gt_le_ge;
+ my %binary_bond_strength;
+ my %nobreak_lhs;
+ my %nobreak_rhs;
+
+ my @bias_tokens;
+ my $delta_bias;
+
+ sub bias_table_key {
+ my ( $type, $token ) = @_;
+ my $bias_table_key = $type;
+ if ( $type eq 'k' ) {
+ $bias_table_key = $token;
+ if ( $token eq 'err' ) { $bias_table_key = 'or' }
+ }
+ return $bias_table_key;
+ }
+
sub set_bond_strengths {
BEGIN {
@_ = qw(lt gt le ge);
@is_lt_gt_le_ge{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
+ #
+ # The decision about where to break a line depends upon a "bond
+ # strength" between tokens. The LOWER the bond strength, the MORE
+ # likely a break. A bond strength may be any value but to simplify
+ # things there are several pre-defined strength levels:
+
+ # NO_BREAK => 10000;
+ # VERY_STRONG => 100;
+ # STRONG => 2.1;
+ # NOMINAL => 1.1;
+ # WEAK => 0.8;
+ # VERY_WEAK => 0.55;
+
+ # The strength values are based on trial-and-error, and need to be
+ # tweaked occasionally to get desired results. Some comments:
+ #
+ # 1. Only relative strengths are important. small differences
+ # in strengths can make big formatting differences.
+ # 2. Each indentation level adds one unit of bond strength.
+ # 3. A value of NO_BREAK makes an unbreakable bond
+ # 4. A value of VERY_WEAK is the strength of a ','
+ # 5. Values below NOMINAL are considered ok break points.
+ # 6. Values above NOMINAL are considered poor break points.
+ #
+ # The bond strengths should roughly follow precedence order where
+ # possible. If you make changes, please check the results very
+ # carefully on a variety of scripts. Testing with the -extrude
+ # options is particularly helpful in exercising all of the rules.
- ###############################################################
- # NOTE: NO_BREAK's set here are HINTS which may not be honored;
- # essential NO_BREAKS's must be enforced in section 2, below.
- ###############################################################
+ # Wherever possible, bond strengths are defined in the following
+ # tables. There are two main stages to setting bond strengths and
+ # two types of tables:
+ #
+ # The first stage involves looking at each token individually and
+ # defining left and right bond strengths, according to if we want
+ # to break to the left or right side, and how good a break point it
+ # is. For example tokens like =, ||, && make good break points and
+ # will have low strengths, but one might want to break on either
+ # side to put them at the end of one line or beginning of the next.
+ #
+ # The second stage involves looking at certain pairs of tokens and
+ # defining a bond strength for that particular pair. This second
+ # stage has priority.
- # adding NEW_TOKENS: add a left and right bond strength by
- # mimmicking what is done for an existing token type. You
- # can skip this step at first and take the default, then
- # tweak later to get desired results.
+ #---------------------------------------------------------------
+ # Bond Strength BEGIN Section 1.
+ # Set left and right bond strengths of individual tokens.
+ #---------------------------------------------------------------
- # The bond strengths should roughly follow precenence order where
- # possible. If you make changes, please check the results very
- # carefully on a variety of scripts.
+ # NOTE: NO_BREAK's set in this section first are HINTS which will
+ # probably not be honored. Essential NO_BREAKS's should be set in
+ # BEGIN Section 2 or hardwired in the NO_BREAK coding near the end
+ # of this subroutine.
+
+ # Note that we are setting defaults in this section. The user
+ # cannot change bond strengths but can cause the left and right
+ # bond strengths of any token type to be swapped through the use of
+ # the -wba and -wbb flags. In this way the user can determine if a
+ # breakpoint token should appear at the end of one line or the
+ # beginning of the next line.
+
+ # The hash keys in this section are token types, plus the text of
+ # certain keywords like 'or', 'and'.
# no break around possible filehandle
$left_bond_strength{'Z'} = NO_BREAK;
# example print (STDERR, "bla"); will fail with break after (
$left_bond_strength{'w'} = NO_BREAK;
- # blanks always have infinite strength to force breaks after real tokens
+ # blanks always have infinite strength to force breaks after
+ # real tokens
$right_bond_strength{'b'} = NO_BREAK;
# try not to break on exponentation
$left_bond_strength{'->'} = STRONG;
$right_bond_strength{'->'} = VERY_STRONG;
+ $left_bond_strength{'CORE::'} = NOMINAL;
+ $right_bond_strength{'CORE::'} = NO_BREAK;
+
# breaking AFTER modulus operator is ok:
@_ = qw" % ";
@left_bond_strength{@_} = (STRONG) x scalar(@_);
$right_bond_strength{'.'} = STRONG;
$left_bond_strength{'.'} = 0.9 * NOMINAL + 0.1 * WEAK;
- @_ = qw"} ] ) ";
+ @_ = qw"} ] ) R";
@left_bond_strength{@_} = (STRONG) x scalar(@_);
@right_bond_strength{@_} = (NOMINAL) x scalar(@_);
$left_bond_strength{'G'} = NOMINAL;
$right_bond_strength{'G'} = STRONG;
- # it is good to break AFTER various assignment operators
+ # assignment operators
@_ = qw(
= **= += *= &= <<= &&=
-= /= |= >>= ||= //=
.= %= ^=
x=
);
+
+ # Default is to break AFTER various assignment operators
@left_bond_strength{@_} = (STRONG) x scalar(@_);
@right_bond_strength{@_} =
( 0.4 * WEAK + 0.6 * VERY_WEAK ) x scalar(@_);
- # break BEFORE '&&' and '||' and '//'
+ # Default is to break BEFORE '&&' and '||' and '//'
# set strength of '||' to same as '=' so that chains like
# $a = $b || $c || $d will break before the first '||'
$right_bond_strength{'||'} = NOMINAL;
$left_bond_strength{','} = VERY_STRONG;
$right_bond_strength{','} = VERY_WEAK;
+ # remaining digraphs and trigraphs not defined above
+ @_ = qw( :: <> ++ --);
+ @left_bond_strength{@_} = (WEAK) x scalar(@_);
+ @right_bond_strength{@_} = (STRONG) x scalar(@_);
+
# Set bond strengths of certain keywords
# make 'or', 'err', 'and' slightly weaker than a ','
$left_bond_strength{'and'} = VERY_WEAK - 0.01;
$right_bond_strength{'or'} = NOMINAL;
$right_bond_strength{'err'} = NOMINAL;
$right_bond_strength{'xor'} = STRONG;
- }
+
+ #---------------------------------------------------------------
+ # Bond Strength BEGIN Section 2.
+ # Set binary rules for bond strengths between certain token types.
+ #---------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ # We have a little problem making tables which apply to the
+ # container tokens. Here is a list of container tokens and
+ # their types:
+ #
+ # type tokens // meaning
+ # { {, [, ( // indent
+ # } }, ], ) // outdent
+ # [ [ // left non-structural [ (enclosing an array index)
+ # ] ] // right non-structural square bracket
+ # ( ( // left non-structural paren
+ # ) ) // right non-structural paren
+ # L { // left non-structural curly brace (enclosing a key)
+ # R } // right non-structural curly brace
+ #
+ # Some rules apply to token types and some to just the token
+ # itself. We solve the problem by combining type and token into a
+ # new hash key for the container types.
+ #
+ # If a rule applies to a token 'type' then we need to make rules
+ # for each of these 'type.token' combinations:
+ # Type Type.Token
+ # { {{, {[, {(
+ # [ [[
+ # ( ((
+ # L L{
+ # } }}, }], })
+ # ] ]]
+ # ) ))
+ # R R}
+ #
+ # If a rule applies to a token then we need to make rules for
+ # these 'type.token' combinations:
+ # Token Type.Token
+ # { {{, L{
+ # [ {[, [[
+ # ( {(, ((
+ # } }}, R}
+ # ] }], ]]
+ # ) }), ))
+
+ # allow long lines before final { in an if statement, as in:
+ # if (..........
+ # ..........)
+ # {
+ #
+ # Otherwise, the line before the { tends to be too short.
+
+ $binary_bond_strength{'))'}{'{{'} = VERY_WEAK + 0.03;
+ $binary_bond_strength{'(('}{'{{'} = NOMINAL;
+
+ # break on something like '} (', but keep this stronger than a ','
+ # example is in 'howe.pl'
+ $binary_bond_strength{'R}'}{'(('} = 0.8 * VERY_WEAK + 0.2 * WEAK;
+ $binary_bond_strength{'}}'}{'(('} = 0.8 * VERY_WEAK + 0.2 * WEAK;
+
+ # keep matrix and hash indices together
+ # but make them a little below STRONG to allow breaking open
+ # something like {'some-word'}{'some-very-long-word'} at the }{
+ # (bracebrk.t)
+ $binary_bond_strength{']]'}{'[['} = 0.9 * STRONG + 0.1 * NOMINAL;
+ $binary_bond_strength{']]'}{'L{'} = 0.9 * STRONG + 0.1 * NOMINAL;
+ $binary_bond_strength{'R}'}{'[['} = 0.9 * STRONG + 0.1 * NOMINAL;
+ $binary_bond_strength{'R}'}{'L{'} = 0.9 * STRONG + 0.1 * NOMINAL;
+
+ # increase strength to the point where a break in the following
+ # will be after the opening paren rather than at the arrow:
+ # $a->$b($c);
+ $binary_bond_strength{'i'}{'->'} = 1.45 * STRONG;
+
+ $binary_bond_strength{'))'}{'->'} = 0.1 * STRONG + 0.9 * NOMINAL;
+ $binary_bond_strength{']]'}{'->'} = 0.1 * STRONG + 0.9 * NOMINAL;
+ $binary_bond_strength{'})'}{'->'} = 0.1 * STRONG + 0.9 * NOMINAL;
+ $binary_bond_strength{'}]'}{'->'} = 0.1 * STRONG + 0.9 * NOMINAL;
+ $binary_bond_strength{'}}'}{'->'} = 0.1 * STRONG + 0.9 * NOMINAL;
+ $binary_bond_strength{'R}'}{'->'} = 0.1 * STRONG + 0.9 * NOMINAL;
+
+ $binary_bond_strength{'))'}{'[['} = 0.2 * STRONG + 0.8 * NOMINAL;
+ $binary_bond_strength{'})'}{'[['} = 0.2 * STRONG + 0.8 * NOMINAL;
+ $binary_bond_strength{'))'}{'{['} = 0.2 * STRONG + 0.8 * NOMINAL;
+ $binary_bond_strength{'})'}{'{['} = 0.2 * STRONG + 0.8 * NOMINAL;
+
+ #---------------------------------------------------------------
+ # Binary NO_BREAK rules
+ #---------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ # use strict requires that bare word and => not be separated
+ $binary_bond_strength{'C'}{'=>'} = NO_BREAK;
+ $binary_bond_strength{'U'}{'=>'} = NO_BREAK;
+
+ # Never break between a bareword and a following paren because
+ # perl may give an error. For example, if a break is placed
+ # between 'to_filehandle' and its '(' the following line will
+ # give a syntax error [Carp.pm]: my( $no) =fileno(
+ # to_filehandle( $in)) ;
+ $binary_bond_strength{'C'}{'(('} = NO_BREAK;
+ $binary_bond_strength{'C'}{'{('} = NO_BREAK;
+ $binary_bond_strength{'U'}{'(('} = NO_BREAK;
+ $binary_bond_strength{'U'}{'{('} = NO_BREAK;
+
+ # use strict requires that bare word within braces not start new
+ # line
+ $binary_bond_strength{'L{'}{'w'} = NO_BREAK;
+
+ $binary_bond_strength{'w'}{'R}'} = NO_BREAK;
+
+ # use strict requires that bare word and => not be separated
+ $binary_bond_strength{'w'}{'=>'} = NO_BREAK;
+
+ # use strict does not allow separating type info from trailing { }
+ # testfile is readmail.pl
+ $binary_bond_strength{'t'}{'L{'} = NO_BREAK;
+ $binary_bond_strength{'i'}{'L{'} = NO_BREAK;
+
+ # As a defensive measure, do not break between a '(' and a
+ # filehandle. In some cases, this can cause an error. For
+ # example, the following program works:
+ # my $msg="hi!\n";
+ # print
+ # ( STDOUT
+ # $msg
+ # );
+ #
+ # But this program fails:
+ # my $msg="hi!\n";
+ # print
+ # (
+ # STDOUT
+ # $msg
+ # );
+ #
+ # This is normally only a problem with the 'extrude' option
+ $binary_bond_strength{'(('}{'Y'} = NO_BREAK;
+ $binary_bond_strength{'{('}{'Y'} = NO_BREAK;
+
+ # never break between sub name and opening paren
+ $binary_bond_strength{'w'}{'(('} = NO_BREAK;
+ $binary_bond_strength{'w'}{'{('} = NO_BREAK;
+
+ # keep '}' together with ';'
+ $binary_bond_strength{'}}'}{';'} = NO_BREAK;
+
+ # Breaking before a ++ can cause perl to guess wrong. For
+ # example the following line will cause a syntax error
+ # with -extrude if we break between '$i' and '++' [fixstyle2]
+ # print( ( $i++ & 1 ) ? $_ : ( $change{$_} || $_ ) );
+ $nobreak_lhs{'++'} = NO_BREAK;
+
+ # Do not break before a possible file handle
+ $nobreak_lhs{'Z'} = NO_BREAK;
+
+ # use strict hates bare words on any new line. For
+ # example, a break before the underscore here provokes the
+ # wrath of use strict:
+ # if ( -r $fn && ( -s _ || $AllowZeroFilesize)) {
+ $nobreak_rhs{'F'} = NO_BREAK;
+ $nobreak_rhs{'CORE::'} = NO_BREAK;
+
+ #---------------------------------------------------------------
+ # Bond Strength BEGIN Section 3.
+ # Define tables and values for applying a small bias to the above
+ # values.
+ #---------------------------------------------------------------
+ # Adding a small 'bias' to strengths is a simple way to make a line
+ # break at the first of a sequence of identical terms. For
+ # example, to force long string of conditional operators to break
+ # with each line ending in a ':', we can add a small number to the
+ # bond strength of each ':' (colon.t)
+ @bias_tokens = qw( : && || f and or . ); # tokens which get bias
+ $delta_bias = 0.0001; # a very small strength level
+
+ } ## end BEGIN
# patch-its always ok to break at end of line
$nobreak_to_go[$max_index_to_go] = 0;
- # adding a small 'bias' to strengths is a simple way to make a line
- # break at the first of a sequence of identical terms. For example,
- # to force long string of conditional operators to break with
- # each line ending in a ':', we can add a small number to the bond
- # strength of each ':'
- my $colon_bias = 0;
- my $amp_bias = 0;
- my $bar_bias = 0;
- my $and_bias = 0;
- my $or_bias = 0;
- my $dot_bias = 0;
- my $f_bias = 0;
- my $code_bias = -.01;
- my $type = 'b';
- my $token = ' ';
+ # we start a new set of bias values for each line
+ my %bias;
+ @bias{@bias_tokens} = (0) x scalar(@bias_tokens);
+ my $code_bias = -.01; # bias for closing block braces
+
+ my $type = 'b';
+ my $token = ' ';
my $last_type;
my $last_nonblank_type = $type;
my $last_nonblank_token = $token;
- my $delta_bias = 0.0001;
my $list_str = $left_bond_strength{'?'};
my ( $block_type, $i_next, $i_next_nonblank, $next_nonblank_token,
$next_nonblank_type, $next_token, $next_type, $total_nesting_depth,
);
- # preliminary loop to compute bond strengths
+ # main loop to compute bond strengths between each pair of tokens
for ( my $i = 0 ; $i <= $max_index_to_go ; $i++ ) {
$last_type = $type;
if ( $type ne 'b' ) {
$next_nonblank_type = $types_to_go[$i_next_nonblank];
$next_nonblank_token = $tokens_to_go[$i_next_nonblank];
- # Some token chemistry... The decision about where to break a
- # line depends upon a "bond strength" between tokens. The LOWER
- # the bond strength, the MORE likely a break. The strength
- # values are based on trial-and-error, and need to be tweaked
- # occasionally to get desired results. Things to keep in mind
- # are:
- # 1. relative strengths are important. small differences
- # in strengths can make big formatting differences.
- # 2. each indentation level adds one unit of bond strength
- # 3. a value of NO_BREAK makes an unbreakable bond
- # 4. a value of VERY_WEAK is the strength of a ','
- # 5. values below NOMINAL are considered ok break points
- # 6. values above NOMINAL are considered poor break points
# We are computing the strength of the bond between the current
# token and the NEXT token.
- my $bond_str = VERY_STRONG; # a default, high strength
#---------------------------------------------------------------
- # section 1:
- # use minimum of left and right bond strengths if defined;
- # digraphs and trigraphs like to break on their left
+ # Bond Strength Section 1:
+ # First Approximation.
+ # Use minimum of individual left and right tabulated bond
+ # strengths.
#---------------------------------------------------------------
my $bsr = $right_bond_strength{$type};
-
- if ( !defined($bsr) ) {
-
- if ( $is_digraph{$type} || $is_trigraph{$type} ) {
- $bsr = STRONG;
- }
- else {
- $bsr = VERY_STRONG;
- }
- }
+ my $bsl = $left_bond_strength{$next_nonblank_type};
# define right bond strengths of certain keywords
if ( $type eq 'k' && defined( $right_bond_strength{$token} ) ) {
elsif ( $token eq 'ne' or $token eq 'eq' ) {
$bsr = NOMINAL;
}
- my $bsl = $left_bond_strength{$next_nonblank_type};
# set terminal bond strength to the nominal value
# this will cause good preceding breaks to be retained
$bsl = NOMINAL;
}
- if ( !defined($bsl) ) {
-
- if ( $is_digraph{$next_nonblank_type}
- || $is_trigraph{$next_nonblank_type} )
- {
- $bsl = WEAK;
- }
- else {
- $bsl = VERY_STRONG;
- }
- }
-
# define right bond strengths of certain keywords
if ( $next_nonblank_type eq 'k'
&& defined( $left_bond_strength{$next_nonblank_token} ) )
$bsl = 0.9 * NOMINAL + 0.1 * STRONG;
}
- # Note: it might seem that we would want to keep a NO_BREAK if
- # either token has this value. This didn't work, because in an
- # arrow list, it prevents the comma from separating from the
- # following bare word (which is probably quoted by its arrow).
- # So necessary NO_BREAK's have to be handled as special cases
- # in the final section.
- $bond_str = ( $bsr < $bsl ) ? $bsr : $bsl;
+ # Use the minimum of the left and right strengths. Note: it might
+ # seem that we would want to keep a NO_BREAK if either token has
+ # this value. This didn't work, for example because in an arrow
+ # list, it prevents the comma from separating from the following
+ # bare word (which is probably quoted by its arrow). So necessary
+ # NO_BREAK's have to be handled as special cases in the final
+ # section.
+ if ( !defined($bsr) ) { $bsr = VERY_STRONG }
+ if ( !defined($bsl) ) { $bsl = VERY_STRONG }
+ my $bond_str = ( $bsr < $bsl ) ? $bsr : $bsl;
my $bond_str_1 = $bond_str;
#---------------------------------------------------------------
- # section 2:
- # special cases
+ # Bond Strength Section 2:
+ # Apply hardwired rules..
#---------------------------------------------------------------
- # allow long lines before final { in an if statement, as in:
- # if (..........
- # ..........)
- # {
+ # Patch to put terminal or clauses on a new line: Weaken the bond
+ # at an || followed by die or similar keyword to make the terminal
+ # or clause fall on a new line, like this:
#
- # Otherwise, the line before the { tends to be too short.
- if ( $type eq ')' ) {
- if ( $next_nonblank_type eq '{' ) {
- $bond_str = VERY_WEAK + 0.03;
- }
- }
-
- elsif ( $type eq '(' ) {
- if ( $next_nonblank_type eq '{' ) {
- $bond_str = NOMINAL;
- }
- }
-
- # break on something like '} (', but keep this stronger than a ','
- # example is in 'howe.pl'
- elsif ( $type eq 'R' or $type eq '}' ) {
- if ( $next_nonblank_type eq '(' ) {
- $bond_str = 0.8 * VERY_WEAK + 0.2 * WEAK;
- }
- }
-
- #-----------------------------------------------------------------
- # adjust bond strength bias
- #-----------------------------------------------------------------
-
- # add any bias set by sub scan_list at old comma break points.
- elsif ( $type eq ',' ) {
- $bond_str += $bond_strength_to_go[$i];
- }
-
- elsif ( $type eq 'f' ) {
- $bond_str += $f_bias;
- $f_bias += $delta_bias;
- }
-
- # in long ?: conditionals, bias toward just one set per line (colon.t)
- elsif ( $type eq ':' ) {
- if ( !$want_break_before{$type} ) {
- $bond_str += $colon_bias;
- $colon_bias += $delta_bias;
- }
- }
-
- if ( $next_nonblank_type eq ':'
- && $want_break_before{$next_nonblank_type} )
- {
- $bond_str += $colon_bias;
- $colon_bias += $delta_bias;
- }
-
- # if leading '.' is used, align all but 'short' quotes;
- # the idea is to not place something like "\n" on a single line.
- elsif ( $next_nonblank_type eq '.' ) {
- if ( $want_break_before{'.'} ) {
- unless (
- $last_nonblank_type eq '.'
- && (
- length($token) <=
- $rOpts_short_concatenation_item_length )
- && ( $token !~ /^[\)\]\}]$/ )
- )
- {
- $dot_bias += $delta_bias;
+ # my $class = shift
+ # || die "Cannot add broadcast: No class identifier found";
+ #
+ # Otherwise the break will be at the previous '=' since the || and
+ # = have the same starting strength and the or is biased, like
+ # this:
+ #
+ # my $class =
+ # shift || die "Cannot add broadcast: No class identifier found";
+ #
+ # In any case if the user places a break at either the = or the ||
+ # it should remain there.
+ if ( $type eq '||' || $type eq 'k' && $token eq 'or' ) {
+ if ( $next_nonblank_token =~ /^(die|confess|croak|warn)$/ ) {
+ if ( $want_break_before{$token} && $i > 0 ) {
+ $bond_strength_to_go[ $i - 1 ] -= $delta_bias;
}
- $bond_str += $dot_bias;
- }
- }
- elsif ($next_nonblank_type eq '&&'
- && $want_break_before{$next_nonblank_type} )
- {
- $bond_str += $amp_bias;
- $amp_bias += $delta_bias;
- }
- elsif ($next_nonblank_type eq '||'
- && $want_break_before{$next_nonblank_type} )
- {
- $bond_str += $bar_bias;
- $bar_bias += $delta_bias;
- }
- elsif ( $next_nonblank_type eq 'k' ) {
-
- if ( $next_nonblank_token eq 'and'
- && $want_break_before{$next_nonblank_token} )
- {
- $bond_str += $and_bias;
- $and_bias += $delta_bias;
- }
- elsif ($next_nonblank_token =~ /^(or|err)$/
- && $want_break_before{$next_nonblank_token} )
- {
- $bond_str += $or_bias;
- $or_bias += $delta_bias;
- }
-
- # FIXME: needs more testing
- elsif ( $is_keyword_returning_list{$next_nonblank_token} ) {
- $bond_str = $list_str if ( $bond_str > $list_str );
- }
- elsif ( $token eq 'err'
- && !$want_break_before{$token} )
- {
- $bond_str += $or_bias;
- $or_bias += $delta_bias;
- }
- }
-
- if ( $type eq ':'
- && !$want_break_before{$type} )
- {
- $bond_str += $colon_bias;
- $colon_bias += $delta_bias;
- }
- elsif ( $type eq '&&'
- && !$want_break_before{$type} )
- {
- $bond_str += $amp_bias;
- $amp_bias += $delta_bias;
- }
- elsif ( $type eq '||'
- && !$want_break_before{$type} )
- {
- $bond_str += $bar_bias;
- $bar_bias += $delta_bias;
- }
- elsif ( $type eq 'k' ) {
-
- if ( $token eq 'and'
- && !$want_break_before{$token} )
- {
- $bond_str += $and_bias;
- $and_bias += $delta_bias;
- }
- elsif ( $token eq 'or'
- && !$want_break_before{$token} )
- {
- $bond_str += $or_bias;
- $or_bias += $delta_bias;
- }
- }
-
- # keep matrix and hash indices together
- # but make them a little below STRONG to allow breaking open
- # something like {'some-word'}{'some-very-long-word'} at the }{
- # (bracebrk.t)
- if ( ( $type eq ']' or $type eq 'R' )
- && ( $next_nonblank_type eq '[' or $next_nonblank_type eq 'L' )
- )
- {
- $bond_str = 0.9 * STRONG + 0.1 * NOMINAL;
- }
-
- if ( $next_nonblank_token =~ /^->/ ) {
-
- # increase strength to the point where a break in the following
- # will be after the opening paren rather than at the arrow:
- # $a->$b($c);
- if ( $type eq 'i' ) {
- $bond_str = 1.45 * STRONG;
- }
-
- elsif ( $type =~ /^[\)\]\}R]$/ ) {
- $bond_str = 0.1 * STRONG + 0.9 * NOMINAL;
- }
-
- # otherwise make strength before an '->' a little over a '+'
- else {
- if ( $bond_str <= NOMINAL ) {
- $bond_str = NOMINAL + 0.01;
+ else {
+ $bond_str -= $delta_bias;
}
}
}
- if ( $token eq ')' && $next_nonblank_token eq '[' ) {
- $bond_str = 0.2 * STRONG + 0.8 * NOMINAL;
- }
-
- # map1.t -- correct for a quirk in perl
- if ( $token eq '('
- && $next_nonblank_type eq 'i'
- && $last_nonblank_type eq 'k'
- && $is_sort_map_grep{$last_nonblank_token} )
-
- # /^(sort|map|grep)$/ )
- {
- $bond_str = NO_BREAK;
- }
-
- # extrude.t: do not break before paren at:
- # -l pid_filename(
- if ( $last_nonblank_type eq 'F' && $next_nonblank_token eq '(' ) {
- $bond_str = NO_BREAK;
- }
-
# good to break after end of code blocks
- if ( $type eq '}' && $block_type ) {
+ if ( $type eq '}' && $block_type && $next_nonblank_type ne ';' ) {
$bond_str = 0.5 * WEAK + 0.5 * VERY_WEAK + $code_bias;
$code_bias += $delta_bias;
$bond_str = 0.45 * WEAK + 0.55 * VERY_WEAK;
}
-# Don't break after keyword my. This is a quick fix for a
-# rare problem with perl. An example is this line from file
-# Container.pm:
-# foreach my $question( Debian::DebConf::ConfigDb::gettree( $this->{'question'} ) )
+ # Don't break after keyword my. This is a quick fix for a
+ # rare problem with perl. An example is this line from file
+ # Container.pm:
+
+ # foreach my $question( Debian::DebConf::ConfigDb::gettree(
+ # $this->{'question'} ) )
if ( $token eq 'my' ) {
$bond_str = NO_BREAK;
$bond_str = VERY_WEAK;
}
- if ( $next_nonblank_type eq 'k' ) {
+ if ( $next_nonblank_type eq 'k' && $type ne 'CORE::' ) {
+
+ # FIXME: needs more testing
+ if ( $is_keyword_returning_list{$next_nonblank_token} ) {
+ $bond_str = $list_str if ( $bond_str > $list_str );
+ }
# keywords like 'unless', 'if', etc, within statements
# make good breaks
if ( $bond_str < STRONG ) { $bond_str = STRONG }
}
- #----------------------------------------------------------------------
- # only set NO_BREAK's from here on
- #----------------------------------------------------------------------
- if ( $type eq 'C' or $type eq 'U' ) {
+ #---------------------------------------------------------------
+ # Additional hardwired NOBREAK rules
+ #---------------------------------------------------------------
- # use strict requires that bare word and => not be separated
- if ( $next_nonblank_type eq '=>' ) {
- $bond_str = NO_BREAK;
- }
+ # map1.t -- correct for a quirk in perl
+ if ( $token eq '('
+ && $next_nonblank_type eq 'i'
+ && $last_nonblank_type eq 'k'
+ && $is_sort_map_grep{$last_nonblank_token} )
- # Never break between a bareword and a following paren because
- # perl may give an error. For example, if a break is placed
- # between 'to_filehandle' and its '(' the following line will
- # give a syntax error [Carp.pm]: my( $no) =fileno(
- # to_filehandle( $in)) ;
- if ( $next_nonblank_token eq '(' ) {
- $bond_str = NO_BREAK;
- }
+ # /^(sort|map|grep)$/ )
+ {
+ $bond_str = NO_BREAK;
}
- # use strict requires that bare word within braces not start new line
- elsif ( $type eq 'L' ) {
-
- if ( $next_nonblank_type eq 'w' ) {
- $bond_str = NO_BREAK;
- }
+ # extrude.t: do not break before paren at:
+ # -l pid_filename(
+ if ( $last_nonblank_type eq 'F' && $next_nonblank_token eq '(' ) {
+ $bond_str = NO_BREAK;
}
# in older version of perl, use strict can cause problems with
# breaks before bare words following opening parens. For example,
# this will fail under older versions if a break is made between
- # '(' and 'MAIL':
- # use strict;
- # open( MAIL, "a long filename or command");
- # close MAIL;
- elsif ( $type eq '{' ) {
+ # '(' and 'MAIL': use strict; open( MAIL, "a long filename or
+ # command"); close MAIL;
+ if ( $type eq '{' ) {
if ( $token eq '(' && $next_nonblank_type eq 'w' ) {
$next_next_type = $types_to_go[$i_next_next_nonblank];
}
- ##if ( $next_next_type ne '=>' ) {
- # these are ok: '->xxx', '=>', '('
-
# We'll check for an old breakpoint and keep a leading
# bareword if it was that way in the input file.
# Presumably it was ok that way. For example, the
# );
#
# This should be sufficient:
- if ( !$old_breakpoint_to_go[$i]
- && ( $next_next_type eq ',' || $next_next_type eq '}' )
+ if (
+ !$old_breakpoint_to_go[$i]
+ && ( $next_next_type eq ','
+ || $next_next_type eq '}' )
)
{
$bond_str = NO_BREAK;
}
}
- elsif ( $type eq 'w' ) {
-
- if ( $next_nonblank_type eq 'R' ) {
- $bond_str = NO_BREAK;
- }
-
- # use strict requires that bare word and => not be separated
- if ( $next_nonblank_type eq '=>' ) {
- $bond_str = NO_BREAK;
- }
- }
-
- # in fact, use strict hates bare words on any new line. For
- # example, a break before the underscore here provokes the
- # wrath of use strict:
- # if ( -r $fn && ( -s _ || $AllowZeroFilesize)) {
- elsif ( $type eq 'F' ) {
- $bond_str = NO_BREAK;
- }
-
- # use strict does not allow separating type info from trailing { }
- # testfile is readmail.pl
- elsif ( $type eq 't' or $type eq 'i' ) {
-
- if ( $next_nonblank_type eq 'L' ) {
- $bond_str = NO_BREAK;
- }
- }
-
# Do not break between a possible filehandle and a ? or / and do
# not introduce a break after it if there is no blank
# (extrude.t)
elsif ( $type eq 'Z' ) {
- # dont break..
+ # don't break..
if (
# if there is no blank and we do not want one. Examples:
}
}
- # Do not break before a possible file handle
- if ( $next_nonblank_type eq 'Z' ) {
- $bond_str = NO_BREAK;
- }
-
- # As a defensive measure, do not break between a '(' and a
- # filehandle. In some cases, this can cause an error. For
- # example, the following program works:
- # my $msg="hi!\n";
- # print
- # ( STDOUT
- # $msg
- # );
- #
- # But this program fails:
- # my $msg="hi!\n";
- # print
- # (
- # STDOUT
- # $msg
- # );
- #
- # This is normally only a problem with the 'extrude' option
- if ( $next_nonblank_type eq 'Y' && $token eq '(' ) {
- $bond_str = NO_BREAK;
- }
-
- # Breaking before a ++ can cause perl to guess wrong. For
- # example the following line will cause a syntax error
- # with -extrude if we break between '$i' and '++' [fixstyle2]
- # print( ( $i++ & 1 ) ? $_ : ( $change{$_} || $_ ) );
- elsif ( $next_nonblank_type eq '++' ) {
- $bond_str = NO_BREAK;
- }
-
# Breaking before a ? before a quote can cause trouble if
# they are not separated by a blank.
# Example: a syntax error occurs if you break before the ? here
# my$logic=join$all?' && ':' || ',@regexps;
# From: Professional_Perl_Programming_Code/multifind.pl
- elsif ( $next_nonblank_type eq '?' ) {
+ if ( $next_nonblank_type eq '?' ) {
$bond_str = NO_BREAK
if ( $types_to_go[ $i_next_nonblank + 1 ] eq 'Q' );
}
$bond_str = NO_BREAK;
}
}
+ my $bond_str_2 = $bond_str;
- # keep '}' together with ';'
- if ( ( $token eq '}' ) && ( $next_nonblank_type eq ';' ) ) {
- $bond_str = NO_BREAK;
+ #---------------------------------------------------------------
+ # End of hardwired rules
+ #---------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ #---------------------------------------------------------------
+ # Bond Strength Section 3:
+ # Apply table rules. These have priority over the above
+ # hardwired rules.
+ #---------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ my $tabulated_bond_str;
+ my $ltype = $type;
+ my $rtype = $next_nonblank_type;
+ if ( $token =~ /^[\(\[\{\)\]\}]/ ) { $ltype = $type . $token }
+ if ( $next_nonblank_token =~ /^[\(\[\{\)\]\}]/ ) {
+ $rtype = $next_nonblank_type . $next_nonblank_token;
+ }
+
+ if ( $binary_bond_strength{$ltype}{$rtype} ) {
+ $bond_str = $binary_bond_strength{$ltype}{$rtype};
+ $tabulated_bond_str = $bond_str;
+ }
+
+ if ( $nobreak_rhs{$ltype} || $nobreak_lhs{$rtype} ) {
+ $bond_str = NO_BREAK;
+ $tabulated_bond_str = $bond_str;
+ }
+ my $bond_str_3 = $bond_str;
+
+ # If the hardwired rules conflict with the tabulated bond
+ # strength then there is an inconsistency that should be fixed
+ FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_BOND_TABLES
+ && $tabulated_bond_str
+ && $bond_str_1
+ && $bond_str_1 != $bond_str_2
+ && $bond_str_2 != $tabulated_bond_str
+ && do {
+ print STDERR
+"BOND_TABLES: ltype=$ltype rtype=$rtype $bond_str_1->$bond_str_2->$bond_str_3\n";
+ };
+
+ #-----------------------------------------------------------------
+ # Bond Strength Section 4:
+ # Modify strengths of certain tokens which often occur in sequence
+ # by adding a small bias to each one in turn so that the breaks
+ # occur from left to right.
+ #
+ # Note that we only changing strengths by small amounts here,
+ # and usually increasing, so we should not be altering any NO_BREAKs.
+ # Other routines which check for NO_BREAKs will use a tolerance
+ # of one to avoid any problem.
+ #-----------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ # The bias tables use special keys
+ my $left_key = bias_table_key( $type, $token );
+ my $right_key =
+ bias_table_key( $next_nonblank_type, $next_nonblank_token );
+
+ # add any bias set by sub scan_list at old comma break points.
+ if ( $type eq ',' ) { $bond_str += $bond_strength_to_go[$i] }
+
+ # bias left token
+ elsif ( defined( $bias{$left_key} ) ) {
+ if ( !$want_break_before{$left_key} ) {
+ $bias{$left_key} += $delta_bias;
+ $bond_str += $bias{$left_key};
+ }
}
- # never break between sub name and opening paren
- if ( ( $type eq 'w' ) && ( $next_nonblank_token eq '(' ) ) {
- $bond_str = NO_BREAK;
+ # bias right token
+ if ( defined( $bias{$right_key} ) ) {
+ if ( $want_break_before{$right_key} ) {
+
+ # for leading '.' align all but 'short' quotes; the idea
+ # is to not place something like "\n" on a single line.
+ if ( $right_key eq '.' ) {
+ unless (
+ $last_nonblank_type eq '.'
+ && (
+ length($token) <=
+ $rOpts_short_concatenation_item_length )
+ && ( $token !~ /^[\)\]\}]$/ )
+ )
+ {
+ $bias{$right_key} += $delta_bias;
+ }
+ }
+ else {
+ $bias{$right_key} += $delta_bias;
+ }
+ $bond_str += $bias{$right_key};
+ }
}
+ my $bond_str_4 = $bond_str;
#---------------------------------------------------------------
- # section 3:
- # now take nesting depth into account
+ # Bond Strength Section 5:
+ # Fifth Approximation.
+ # Take nesting depth into account by adding the nesting depth
+ # to the bond strength.
#---------------------------------------------------------------
- # final strength incorporates the bond strength and nesting depth
my $strength;
if ( defined($bond_str) && !$nobreak_to_go[$i] ) {
FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_BOND && do {
my $str = substr( $token, 0, 15 );
$str .= ' ' x ( 16 - length($str) );
- print
-"BOND: i=$i $str $type $next_nonblank_type depth=$total_nesting_depth strength=$bond_str_1 -> $bond_str -> $strength \n";
+ print STDOUT
+"BOND: i=$i $str $type $next_nonblank_type depth=$total_nesting_depth strength=$bond_str_1 -> $bond_str_2 -> $bond_str_3 -> $bond_str_4 $bond_str -> $strength \n";
};
- }
- }
-
+ } ## end main loop
+ } ## end sub set_bond_strengths
}
sub pad_array_to_go {
{ # begin scan_list
my (
- $block_type, $current_depth,
- $depth, $i,
- $i_last_nonblank_token, $last_colon_sequence_number,
- $last_nonblank_token, $last_nonblank_type,
- $last_old_breakpoint_count, $minimum_depth,
- $next_nonblank_block_type, $next_nonblank_token,
- $next_nonblank_type, $old_breakpoint_count,
- $starting_breakpoint_count, $starting_depth,
- $token, $type,
- $type_sequence,
+ $block_type, $current_depth,
+ $depth, $i,
+ $i_last_nonblank_token, $last_colon_sequence_number,
+ $last_nonblank_token, $last_nonblank_type,
+ $last_nonblank_block_type, $last_old_breakpoint_count,
+ $minimum_depth, $next_nonblank_block_type,
+ $next_nonblank_token, $next_nonblank_type,
+ $old_breakpoint_count, $starting_breakpoint_count,
+ $starting_depth, $token,
+ $type, $type_sequence,
);
my (
# Also put a break before the first comma if
# (1) there was a break there in the input, and
- # (2) that was exactly one previous break in the input
- # (3) there are multiple old comma breaks
+ # (2) there was exactly one old break before the first comma break
+ # (3) OLD: there are multiple old comma breaks
+ # (3) NEW: there are one or more old comma breaks (see return example)
#
# For example, we will follow the user and break after
# 'print' in this snippet:
# "\t", $have, " is ", text_unit($hu), "\n",
# "\t", $want, " is ", text_unit($wu), "\n",
# ;
- # But we will not force a break after the first comma here
+ #
+ # Another example, just one comma, where we will break after
+ # the return:
+ # return
+ # $x * cos($a) - $y * sin($a),
+ # $x * sin($a) + $y * cos($a);
+
+ # Breaking a print statement:
+ # print SAVEOUT
+ # ( $? & 127 ) ? " (SIG#" . ( $? & 127 ) . ")" : "",
+ # ( $? & 128 ) ? " -- core dumped" : "", "\n";
+ #
+ # But we will not force a break after the opening paren here
# (causes a blinker):
# $heap->{stream}->set_output_filter(
# poe::filter::reference->new('myotherfreezer') ),
if ( $levels_to_go[$ii] == $level_comma );
}
}
- if ( $ibreak >= 0 && $obp_count == 1 && $old_comma_break_count > 1 )
+
+ # Changed rule from multiple old commas to just one here:
+ if ( $ibreak >= 0 && $obp_count == 1 && $old_comma_break_count > 0 )
{
- set_forced_breakpoint($ibreak);
+ # Do not to break before an opening token because
+ # it can lead to "blinkers".
+ my $ibreakm = $ibreak;
+ $ibreakm-- if ( $types_to_go[$ibreakm] eq 'b' );
+ if ( $ibreakm >= 0 && $types_to_go[$ibreakm] !~ /^[\(\{\[L]$/ )
+ {
+ set_forced_breakpoint($ibreak);
+ }
}
}
}
$type = ';';
$type_sequence = '';
+ my $total_depth_variation = 0;
+ my $i_old_assignment_break;
+ my $depth_last = $starting_depth;
+
check_for_new_minimum_depth($current_depth);
my $is_long_line = excess_line_length( 0, $max_index_to_go ) > 0;
$last_nonblank_type = $type;
$last_nonblank_token = $token;
$last_nonblank_block_type = $block_type;
- }
+ } ## end if ( $type ne 'b' )
$type = $types_to_go[$i];
$block_type = $block_type_to_go[$i];
$token = $tokens_to_go[$i];
# as '}') which forms a one-line block, this break might
# get undone.
$want_previous_breakpoint = $i;
- }
- }
+ } ## end if ( $next_nonblank_type...)
+ } ## end if ($rOpts_break_at_old_keyword_breakpoints)
# Break before attributes if user broke there
if ($rOpts_break_at_old_attribute_breakpoints) {
$want_previous_breakpoint = $i;
}
}
- }
+
+ # remember an = break as possible good break point
+ if ( $is_assignment{$type} ) {
+ $i_old_assignment_break = $i;
+ }
+ elsif ( $is_assignment{$next_nonblank_type} ) {
+ $i_old_assignment_break = $i_next_nonblank;
+ }
+ } ## end if ( $old_breakpoint_to_go...)
next if ( $type eq 'b' );
$depth = $nesting_depth_to_go[ $i + 1 ];
+ $total_depth_variation += abs( $depth - $depth_last );
+ $depth_last = $depth;
+
# safety check - be sure we always break after a comment
# Shouldn't happen .. an error here probably means that the
# nobreak flag did not get turned off correctly during
report_definite_bug();
$nobreak_to_go[$i] = 0;
set_forced_breakpoint($i);
- }
- }
+ } ## end if ( $i != $max_index_to_go)
+ } ## end if ( $type eq '#' )
# Force breakpoints at certain tokens in long lines.
# Note that such breakpoints will be undone later if these tokens
)
{
set_forced_breakpoint( $i - 1 );
- }
+ } ## end if ( $type eq 'k' && $i...)
# remember locations of '||' and '&&' for possible breaks if we
# decide this is a long logical expression.
++$has_old_logical_breakpoints[$depth]
if ( ( $i == $i_line_start || $i == $i_line_end )
&& $rOpts_break_at_old_logical_breakpoints );
- }
+ } ## end if ( $type eq '||' )
elsif ( $type eq '&&' ) {
push @{ $rand_or_list[$depth][3] }, $i;
++$has_old_logical_breakpoints[$depth]
if ( ( $i == $i_line_start || $i == $i_line_end )
&& $rOpts_break_at_old_logical_breakpoints );
- }
+ } ## end elsif ( $type eq '&&' )
elsif ( $type eq 'f' ) {
push @{ $rfor_semicolon_list[$depth] }, $i;
}
++$has_old_logical_breakpoints[$depth]
if ( ( $i == $i_line_start || $i == $i_line_end )
&& $rOpts_break_at_old_logical_breakpoints );
- }
+ } ## end if ( $token eq 'and' )
# break immediately at 'or's which are probably not in a logical
# block -- but we will break in logical breaks below so that
{
$saw_good_breakpoint = 1;
}
- }
- }
+ } ## end else [ if ( $is_logical_container...)]
+ } ## end elsif ( $token eq 'or' )
elsif ( $token eq 'if' || $token eq 'unless' ) {
push @{ $rand_or_list[$depth][4] }, $i;
if ( ( $i == $i_line_start || $i == $i_line_end )
{
set_forced_breakpoint($i);
}
- }
- }
+ } ## end elsif ( $token eq 'if' ||...)
+ } ## end elsif ( $type eq 'k' )
elsif ( $is_assignment{$type} ) {
$i_equals[$depth] = $i;
}
&& $rOpts_break_at_old_ternary_breakpoints )
{
- # TESTING:
set_forced_breakpoint($i);
# break at previous '='
set_forced_breakpoint( $i_equals[$depth] );
$i_equals[$depth] = -1;
}
- }
- }
+ } ## end if ( ( $i == $i_line_start...))
+ } ## end if ( $type eq ':' )
if ( defined( $postponed_breakpoint{$type_sequence} ) ) {
my $inc = ( $type eq ':' ) ? 0 : 1;
set_forced_breakpoint( $i - $inc );
delete $postponed_breakpoint{$type_sequence};
}
- }
+ } ## end if ( $token =~ /^[\)\]\}\:]$/[{[(])
# set breaks at ?/: if they will get separated (and are
# not a ?/: chain), or if the '?' is at the end of the
|| $tokens_to_go[$max_index_to_go] eq '#'
);
set_closing_breakpoint($i);
- }
- }
- }
+ } ## end if ( $i_colon <= 0 ||...)
+ } ## end elsif ( $token eq '?' )
+ } ## end if ($type_sequence)
#print "LISTX sees: i=$i type=$type tok=$token block=$block_type depth=$depth\n";
# and user wants brace to left
&& !$rOpts->{'opening-brace-always-on-right'}
- && ( $type eq '{' ) # should be true
+ && ( $type eq '{' ) # should be true
&& ( $token eq '{' ) # should be true
)
{
set_forced_breakpoint( $i - 1 );
- }
- }
+ } ## end if ( $block_type && ( ...))
+ } ## end if ( $depth > $current_depth)
#------------------------------------------------------------
# Handle Decreasing Depth..
&& !$rOpts->{'opening-brace-always-on-right'} )
{
set_forced_breakpoint($i);
- }
+ } ## end if ( $token eq ')' && ...
#print "LISTY sees: i=$i type=$type tok=$token block=$block_type depth=$depth next=$next_nonblank_type next_block=$next_nonblank_block_type inter=$interrupted_list[$current_depth]\n";
# this term is long if we had to break at interior commas..
my $is_long_term = $bp_count > 0;
- # ..or if the length between opening and closing parens exceeds
- # allowed line length
+ # If this is a short container with one or more comma arrows,
+ # then we will mark it as a long term to open it if requested.
+ # $rOpts_comma_arrow_breakpoints =
+ # 0 - open only if comma precedes closing brace
+ # 1 - stable: except for one line blocks
+ # 2 - try to form 1 line blocks
+ # 3 - ignore =>
+ # 4 - always open up if vt=0
+ # 5 - stable: even for one line blocks if vt=0
+ if (
+ !$is_long_term
+ ##BUBBA: TYPO && $tokens_to_go[$i_opening] =~ /^[\(\{\]L]$/
+ && $tokens_to_go[$i_opening] =~ /^[\(\{\[]$/
+ && $index_before_arrow[ $depth + 1 ] > 0
+ && !$opening_vertical_tightness{ $tokens_to_go[$i_opening] }
+ )
+ {
+ $is_long_term = $rOpts_comma_arrow_breakpoints == 4
+ || ( $rOpts_comma_arrow_breakpoints == 0
+ && $last_nonblank_token eq ',' )
+ || ( $rOpts_comma_arrow_breakpoints == 5
+ && $old_breakpoint_to_go[$i_opening] );
+ } ## end if ( !$is_long_term &&...)
+
+ # mark term as long if the length between opening and closing
+ # parens exceeds allowed line length
if ( !$is_long_term && $saw_opening_structure ) {
my $i_opening_minus = find_token_starting_list($i_opening);
# semicolon, hence the '>=' here (oneline.t)
$is_long_term =
excess_line_length( $i_opening_minus, $i ) >= 0;
- }
+ } ## end if ( !$is_long_term &&...)
# We've set breaks after all comma-arrows. Now we have to
# undo them if this can be a one-line block
# user doesn't require breaking after all comma-arrows
( $rOpts_comma_arrow_breakpoints != 0 )
+ && ( $rOpts_comma_arrow_breakpoints != 4 )
# and if the opening structure is in this batch
&& $saw_opening_structure
{
undo_forced_breakpoint_stack(
$breakpoint_undo_stack[$current_depth] );
- }
+ } ## end if ( ( $rOpts_comma_arrow_breakpoints...))
# now see if we have any comma breakpoints left
my $has_comma_breakpoints =
else {
set_logical_breakpoints($current_depth);
}
- }
+ } ## end if ( $item_count_stack...)
if ( $is_long_term
&& @{ $rfor_semicolon_list[$current_depth] } )
# leading term alignment unless -lp is used.
$has_comma_breakpoints = 1
unless $rOpts_line_up_parentheses;
- }
+ } ## end if ( $is_long_term && ...)
if (
if ( $test2 == $test1 ) {
set_forced_breakpoint( $i_start_2 - 1 );
}
- }
- }
- }
+ } ## end if ( defined($i_start_2...))
+ } ## end if ( defined($item) )
+ } ## end if ( $rOpts_line_up_parentheses...)
# break after opening structure.
# note: break before closing structure will be automatic
unless ( $do_not_break_apart
|| is_unbreakable_container($current_depth) );
+ # break at ',' of lower depth level before opening token
+ if ( $last_comma_index[$depth] ) {
+ set_forced_breakpoint( $last_comma_index[$depth] );
+ }
+
# break at '.' of lower depth level before opening token
if ( $last_dot_index[$depth] ) {
set_forced_breakpoint( $last_dot_index[$depth] );
}
- # break before opening structure if preeced by another
+ # break before opening structure if preceded by another
# closing structure and a comma. This is normally
# done by the previous closing brace, but not
# if it was a one-line block.
if ( $want_break_before{$token_prev} ) {
set_forced_breakpoint($i_prev);
}
- }
- }
- }
+ } ## end elsif ( $types_to_go[$i_prev...])
+ } ## end if ( $i_opening > 2 )
+ } ## end if ( $minimum_depth <=...)
# break after comma following closing structure
if ( $next_type eq ',' ) {
)
{
set_forced_breakpoint($i);
- }
+ } ## end if ( $is_assignment{$next_nonblank_type...})
# break at any comma before the opening structure Added
# for -lp, but seems to be good in general. It isn't
# must set fake breakpoint to alert outer containers that
# they are complex
set_fake_breakpoint();
- }
- }
+ } ## end elsif ($is_long_term)
+
+ } ## end elsif ( $depth < $current_depth)
#------------------------------------------------------------
# Handle this token
$want_comma_break[$depth] = 1;
$index_before_arrow[$depth] = $i_last_nonblank_token;
next;
- }
+ } ## end if ( $type eq '=>' )
elsif ( $type eq '.' ) {
$last_dot_index[$depth] = $i;
$dont_align[$depth] = 1;
$want_comma_break[$depth] = 0;
$index_before_arrow[$depth] = -1;
- }
+ } ## end elsif ( ( $type =~ /^[\;\<\>\~]$/...))
# now just handle any commas
next unless ( $type eq ',' );
if ( $want_comma_break[$depth] ) {
if ( $next_nonblank_type =~ /^[\)\}\]R]$/ ) {
- $want_comma_break[$depth] = 0;
- $index_before_arrow[$depth] = -1;
- next;
+ if ($rOpts_comma_arrow_breakpoints) {
+ $want_comma_break[$depth] = 0;
+ ##$index_before_arrow[$depth] = -1;
+ next;
+ }
}
set_forced_breakpoint($i) unless ( $next_nonblank_type eq '#' );
&& $tokens_to_go[ $ibreak + 1 ] !~ /^[\)\}\]]$/ )
{
if ( $tokens_to_go[$ibreak] eq '-' ) { $ibreak-- }
- if ( $types_to_go[$ibreak] eq 'b' ) { $ibreak-- }
+ if ( $types_to_go[$ibreak] eq 'b' ) { $ibreak-- }
if ( $types_to_go[$ibreak] =~ /^[,wiZCUG\(\{\[]$/ ) {
# don't break pointer calls, such as the following:
if ( $tokens_to_go[ $ibreak + 1 ] !~ /^->/ ) {
set_forced_breakpoint($ibreak);
}
- }
- }
+ } ## end if ( $types_to_go[$ibreak...])
+ } ## end if ( $ibreak > 0 && $tokens_to_go...)
$want_comma_break[$depth] = 0;
$index_before_arrow[$depth] = -1;
# treat any list items so far as an interrupted list
$interrupted_list[$depth] = 1;
next;
- }
+ } ## end if ( $want_comma_break...)
# break after all commas above starting depth
if ( $depth < $starting_depth && !$dont_align[$depth] ) {
{
$dont_align[$depth] = 1;
}
- }
+ } ## end if ( $item_count == 0 )
$comma_index[$depth][$item_count] = $i;
++$item_count_stack[$depth];
if ( $last_nonblank_type =~ /^[iR\]]$/ ) {
$identifier_count_stack[$depth]++;
}
- }
+ } ## end while ( ++$i <= $max_index_to_go)
#-------------------------------------------
# end of loop over all tokens in this batch
&& $i_opening >= $max_index_to_go - 2
&& $token =~ /^['"]$/ )
);
- }
+ } ## end for ( my $dd = $current_depth...)
# Return a flag indicating if the input file had some good breakpoints.
# This flag will be used to force a break in a line shorter than the
if ( $has_old_logical_breakpoints[$current_depth] ) {
$saw_good_breakpoint = 1;
}
+
+ # A complex line with one break at an = has a good breakpoint.
+ # This is not complex ($total_depth_variation=0):
+ # $res1
+ # = 10;
+ #
+ # This is complex ($total_depth_variation=6):
+ # $res2 =
+ # (is_boundp("a", 'self-insert') && is_boundp("b", 'self-insert'));
+ elsif ($i_old_assignment_break
+ && $total_depth_variation > 4
+ && $old_breakpoint_count == 1 )
+ {
+ $saw_good_breakpoint = 1;
+ } ## end elsif ( $i_old_assignment_break...)
+
return $saw_good_breakpoint;
- }
+ } ## end sub scan_list
} # end scan_list
sub find_token_starting_list {
}
#my ( $a, $b, $c ) = caller();
-#print "LISTX: in set_list $a $c interupt=$interrupted count=$item_count
+#print "LISTX: in set_list $a $c interrupt=$interrupted count=$item_count
#i_first = $i_first_comma i_last=$i_last_comma max=$max_index_to_go\n";
#print "depth=$depth has_broken=$has_broken_sublist[$depth] is_multi=$is_multiline opening_paren=($i_opening_paren) \n";
#---------------------------------------------------------------
# Interrupted List Rule:
- # A list is is forced to use old breakpoints if it was interrupted
+ # A list is forced to use old breakpoints if it was interrupted
# by side comments or blank lines, or requested by user.
#---------------------------------------------------------------
if ( $rOpts_break_at_old_comma_breakpoints
# exceeds the available space after the '('.
my $need_lp_break_open = $must_break_open;
if ( $rOpts_line_up_parentheses && !$must_break_open ) {
- my $columns_if_unbroken = $rOpts_maximum_line_length -
+ my $columns_if_unbroken =
+ maximum_line_length($i_opening_minus) -
total_line_length( $i_opening_minus, $i_opening_paren );
$need_lp_break_open =
( $max_length[0] > $columns_if_unbroken )
# or if this is a sublist of a larger list
|| $in_hierarchical_list
- # or if multiple commas and we dont have a long first or last
+ # or if multiple commas and we don't have a long first or last
# term
|| ( $comma_count > 1
&& !( $long_last_term || $long_first_term ) )
# as a table for relatively small parenthesized lists. These
# are usually easier to read if not formatted as tables.
if (
- $packed_lines <= 2 # probably can fit in 2 lines
- && $item_count < 9 # doesn't have too many items
+ $packed_lines <= 2 # probably can fit in 2 lines
+ && $item_count < 9 # doesn't have too many items
&& $opening_environment eq 'BLOCK' # not a sub-container
- && $opening_token eq '(' # is paren list
+ && $opening_token eq '(' # is paren list
)
{
# Shortcut method 1: for -lp and just one comma:
# This is a no-brainer, just break at the comma.
if (
- $rOpts_line_up_parentheses # -lp
- && $item_count == 2 # two items, one comma
+ $rOpts_line_up_parentheses # -lp
+ && $item_count == 2 # two items, one comma
&& !$must_break_open
)
{
# debug stuff
FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_SPARSE && do {
- print
+ print STDOUT
"SPARSE:cols=$columns commas=$comma_count items:$item_count ids=$identifier_count pairwidth=$pair_width fields=$number_of_fields lines packed: $packed_lines packed_cols=$packed_columns fmtd:$formatted_lines cols /line:$columns_per_line unused:$unused_columns fmtd:$formatted_columns sparsity=$sparsity allow=$max_allowed_sparsity\n";
};
sub table_columns_available {
my $i_first_comma = shift;
my $columns =
- $rOpts_maximum_line_length - leading_spaces_to_go($i_first_comma);
+ maximum_line_length($i_first_comma) -
+ leading_spaces_to_go($i_first_comma);
# Patch: the vertical formatter does not line up lines whose lengths
# exactly equal the available line length because of allowances
FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_NOBREAK && do {
my ( $a, $b, $c ) = caller();
- print(
-"NOBREAK: forced_breakpoint $forced_breakpoint_count from $a $c with i=$i max=$max_index_to_go type=$types_to_go[$i]\n"
- );
+ print STDOUT
+"NOBREAK: forced_breakpoint $forced_breakpoint_count from $a $c with i=$i max=$max_index_to_go type=$types_to_go[$i]\n";
};
@nobreak_to_go[ $i .. $j ] = (1) x ( $j - $i + 1 );
else {
FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_NOBREAK && do {
my ( $a, $b, $c ) = caller();
- print(
-"NOBREAK ERROR: from $a $c with i=$i j=$j max=$max_index_to_go\n"
- );
+ print STDOUT
+ "NOBREAK ERROR: from $a $c with i=$i j=$j max=$max_index_to_go\n";
};
}
}
FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_FORCE && do {
my ( $a, $b, $c ) = caller();
- print
-"FORCE forced_breakpoint $forced_breakpoint_count from $a $c with i=$i_nonblank max=$max_index_to_go tok=$tokens_to_go[$i_nonblank] type=$types_to_go[$i_nonblank] nobr=$nobreak_to_go[$i_nonblank]\n";
+ print STDOUT
+"FORCE $forced_breakpoint_count from $a $c with i=$i_nonblank max=$max_index_to_go tok=$tokens_to_go[$i_nonblank] type=$types_to_go[$i_nonblank] nobr=$nobreak_to_go[$i_nonblank]\n";
};
if ( $i_nonblank >= 0 && $nobreak_to_go[$i_nonblank] == 0 ) {
FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_UNDOBP && do {
my ( $a, $b, $c ) = caller();
- print(
-"UNDOBP: undo forced_breakpoint i=$i $forced_breakpoint_undo_count from $a $c max=$max_index_to_go\n"
- );
+ print STDOUT
+"UNDOBP: undo forced_breakpoint i=$i $forced_breakpoint_undo_count from $a $c max=$max_index_to_go\n";
};
}
else {
FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_UNDOBP && do {
my ( $a, $b, $c ) = caller();
- print(
-"Program Bug: undo_forced_breakpoint from $a $c has i=$i but max=$max_index_to_go"
- );
+ print STDOUT
+"Program Bug: undo_forced_breakpoint from $a $c has i=$i but max=$max_index_to_go";
};
}
}
my %is_amp_amp;
my %is_ternary;
my %is_math_op;
+ my %is_plus_minus;
+ my %is_mult_div;
BEGIN {
@_ = qw( + - * / );
@is_math_op{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
+
+ @_ = qw( + - );
+ @is_plus_minus{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
+
+ @_ = qw( * / );
+ @is_mult_div{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
}
sub recombine_breakpoints {
# sub set_continuation_breaks is very liberal in setting line breaks
# for long lines, always setting breaks at good breakpoints, even
- # when that creates small lines. Occasionally small line fragments
+ # when that creates small lines. Sometimes small line fragments
# are produced which would look better if they were combined.
- # That's the task of this routine, recombine_breakpoints.
+ # That's the task of this routine.
#
+ # We are given indexes to the current lines:
# $ri_beg = ref to array of BEGinning indexes of each line
# $ri_end = ref to array of ENDing indexes of each line
my ( $ri_beg, $ri_end ) = @_;
+ # Make a list of all good joining tokens between the lines
+ # n-1 and n.
+ my @joint;
+ my $nmax = @$ri_end - 1;
+ for my $n ( 1 .. $nmax ) {
+ my $ibeg_1 = $$ri_beg[ $n - 1 ];
+ my $iend_1 = $$ri_end[ $n - 1 ];
+ my $iend_2 = $$ri_end[$n];
+ my $ibeg_2 = $$ri_beg[$n];
+
+ my ( $itok, $itokp, $itokm );
+
+ foreach my $itest ( $iend_1, $ibeg_2 ) {
+ my $type = $types_to_go[$itest];
+ if ( $is_math_op{$type}
+ || $is_amp_amp{$type}
+ || $is_assignment{$type}
+ || $type eq ':' )
+ {
+ $itok = $itest;
+ }
+ }
+ $joint[$n] = [$itok];
+ }
+
my $more_to_do = 1;
# We keep looping over all of the lines of this batch
my $n;
my $nmax = @$ri_end - 1;
- # safety check for infinite loop
+ # Safety check for infinite loop
unless ( $nmax < $nmax_last ) {
- # shouldn't happen because splice below decreases nmax on each pass:
- # but i get paranoid sometimes
- die "Program bug-infinite loop in recombine breakpoints\n";
+ # Shouldn't happen because splice below decreases nmax on each
+ # pass.
+ Perl::Tidy::Die
+ "Program bug-infinite loop in recombine breakpoints\n";
}
$nmax_last = $nmax;
$more_to_do = 0;
# ^
# |
# We want to decide if we should remove the line break
- # betwen the tokens at $iend_1 and $ibeg_2
+ # between the tokens at $iend_1 and $ibeg_2
#
# We will apply a number of ad-hoc tests to see if joining
# here will look ok. The code will just issue a 'next'
#----------------------------------------------------------
#
# beginning and ending tokens of the lines we are working on
- my $ibeg_1 = $$ri_beg[ $n - 1 ];
- my $iend_1 = $$ri_end[ $n - 1 ];
- my $iend_2 = $$ri_end[$n];
- my $ibeg_2 = $$ri_beg[$n];
-
+ my $ibeg_1 = $$ri_beg[ $n - 1 ];
+ my $iend_1 = $$ri_end[ $n - 1 ];
+ my $iend_2 = $$ri_end[$n];
+ my $ibeg_2 = $$ri_beg[$n];
my $ibeg_nmax = $$ri_beg[$nmax];
+ my $type_iend_1 = $types_to_go[$iend_1];
+ my $type_iend_2 = $types_to_go[$iend_2];
+ my $type_ibeg_1 = $types_to_go[$ibeg_1];
+ my $type_ibeg_2 = $types_to_go[$ibeg_2];
+
# some beginning indexes of other lines, which may not exist
my $ibeg_0 = $n > 1 ? $$ri_beg[ $n - 2 ] : -1;
my $ibeg_3 = $n < $nmax ? $$ri_beg[ $n + 1 ] : -1;
#my $depth_increase=( $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg_2] -
# $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg_1] );
-##print "RECOMBINE: n=$n imid=$iend_1 if=$ibeg_1 type=$types_to_go[$ibeg_1] =$tokens_to_go[$ibeg_1] next_type=$types_to_go[$ibeg_2] next_tok=$tokens_to_go[$ibeg_2]\n";
+ FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_RECOMBINE && do {
+ print STDERR
+"RECOMBINE: n=$n imid=$iend_1 if=$ibeg_1 type=$type_ibeg_1 =$tokens_to_go[$ibeg_1] next_type=$type_ibeg_2 next_tok=$tokens_to_go[$ibeg_2]\n";
+ };
# If line $n is the last line, we set some flags and
# do any special checks for it
if ( $n == $nmax ) {
# a terminal '{' should stay where it is
- next if $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] eq '{';
+ next if $type_ibeg_2 eq '{';
# set flag if statement $n ends in ';'
- $this_line_is_semicolon_terminated =
- $types_to_go[$iend_2] eq ';'
+ $this_line_is_semicolon_terminated = $type_iend_2 eq ';'
# with possible side comment
- || ( $types_to_go[$iend_2] eq '#'
+ || ( $type_iend_2 eq '#'
&& $iend_2 - $ibeg_2 >= 2
&& $types_to_go[ $iend_2 - 2 ] eq ';'
&& $types_to_go[ $iend_2 - 1 ] eq 'b' );
}
#----------------------------------------------------------
- # Section 1: examine token at $iend_1 (right end of first line
- # of pair)
+ # Recombine Section 1:
+ # Examine the special token joining this line pair, if any.
+ # Put as many tests in this section to avoid duplicate code and
+ # to make formatting independent of whether breaks are to the
+ # left or right of an operator.
+ #----------------------------------------------------------
+
+ my ($itok) = @{ $joint[$n] };
+ if ($itok) {
+
+ # FIXME: Patch - may not be necessary
+ my $iend_1 =
+ $type_iend_1 eq 'b'
+ ? $iend_1 - 1
+ : $iend_1;
+
+ my $iend_2 =
+ $type_iend_2 eq 'b'
+ ? $iend_2 - 1
+ : $iend_2;
+ ## END PATCH
+
+ my $type = $types_to_go[$itok];
+
+ if ( $type eq ':' ) {
+
+ # do not join at a colon unless it disobeys the break request
+ if ( $itok eq $iend_1 ) {
+ next unless $want_break_before{$type};
+ }
+ else {
+ $leading_amp_count++;
+ next if $want_break_before{$type};
+ }
+ } ## end if ':'
+
+ # handle math operators + - * /
+ elsif ( $is_math_op{$type} ) {
+
+ # Combine these lines if this line is a single
+ # number, or if it is a short term with same
+ # operator as the previous line. For example, in
+ # the following code we will combine all of the
+ # short terms $A, $B, $C, $D, $E, $F, together
+ # instead of leaving them one per line:
+ # my $time =
+ # $A * $B * $C * $D * $E * $F *
+ # ( 2. * $eps * $sigma * $area ) *
+ # ( 1. / $tcold**3 - 1. / $thot**3 );
+
+ # This can be important in math-intensive code.
+
+ my $good_combo;
+
+ my $itokp = min( $inext_to_go[$itok], $iend_2 );
+ my $itokpp = min( $inext_to_go[$itokp], $iend_2 );
+ my $itokm = max( $iprev_to_go[$itok], $ibeg_1 );
+ my $itokmm = max( $iprev_to_go[$itokm], $ibeg_1 );
+
+ # check for a number on the right
+ if ( $types_to_go[$itokp] eq 'n' ) {
+
+ # ok if nothing else on right
+ if ( $itokp == $iend_2 ) {
+ $good_combo = 1;
+ }
+ else {
+
+ # look one more token to right..
+ # okay if math operator or some termination
+ $good_combo =
+ ( ( $itokpp == $iend_2 )
+ && $is_math_op{ $types_to_go[$itokpp] } )
+ || $types_to_go[$itokpp] =~ /^[#,;]$/;
+ }
+ }
+
+ # check for a number on the left
+ if ( !$good_combo && $types_to_go[$itokm] eq 'n' ) {
+
+ # okay if nothing else to left
+ if ( $itokm == $ibeg_1 ) {
+ $good_combo = 1;
+ }
+
+ # otherwise look one more token to left
+ else {
+
+ # okay if math operator, comma, or assignment
+ $good_combo = ( $itokmm == $ibeg_1 )
+ && ( $is_math_op{ $types_to_go[$itokmm] }
+ || $types_to_go[$itokmm] =~ /^[,]$/
+ || $is_assignment{ $types_to_go[$itokmm] }
+ );
+ }
+ }
+
+ # look for a single short token either side of the
+ # operator
+ if ( !$good_combo ) {
+
+ # Slight adjustment factor to make results
+ # independent of break before or after operator in
+ # long summed lists. (An operator and a space make
+ # two spaces).
+ my $two = ( $itok eq $iend_1 ) ? 2 : 0;
+
+ $good_combo =
+
+ # numbers or id's on both sides of this joint
+ $types_to_go[$itokp] =~ /^[in]$/
+ && $types_to_go[$itokm] =~ /^[in]$/
+
+ # one of the two lines must be short:
+ && (
+ (
+ # no more than 2 nonblank tokens right of
+ # joint
+ $itokpp == $iend_2
+
+ # short
+ && token_sequence_length( $itokp, $iend_2 )
+ < $two +
+ $rOpts_short_concatenation_item_length
+ )
+ || (
+ # no more than 2 nonblank tokens left of
+ # joint
+ $itokmm == $ibeg_1
+
+ # short
+ && token_sequence_length( $ibeg_1, $itokm )
+ < 2 - $two +
+ $rOpts_short_concatenation_item_length
+ )
+
+ )
+
+ # keep pure terms; don't mix +- with */
+ && !(
+ $is_plus_minus{$type}
+ && ( $is_mult_div{ $types_to_go[$itokmm] }
+ || $is_mult_div{ $types_to_go[$itokpp] } )
+ )
+ && !(
+ $is_mult_div{$type}
+ && ( $is_plus_minus{ $types_to_go[$itokmm] }
+ || $is_plus_minus{ $types_to_go[$itokpp] } )
+ )
+
+ ;
+ }
+
+ # it is also good to combine if we can reduce to 2 lines
+ if ( !$good_combo ) {
+
+ # index on other line where same token would be in a
+ # long chain.
+ my $iother =
+ ( $itok == $iend_1 ) ? $iend_2 : $ibeg_1;
+
+ $good_combo =
+ $n == 2
+ && $n == $nmax
+ && $types_to_go[$iother] ne $type;
+ }
+
+ next unless ($good_combo);
+
+ } ## end math
+
+ elsif ( $is_amp_amp{$type} ) {
+ ##TBD
+ } ## end &&, ||
+
+ elsif ( $is_assignment{$type} ) {
+ ##TBD
+ } ## end assignment
+ }
+
+ #----------------------------------------------------------
+ # Recombine Section 2:
+ # Examine token at $iend_1 (right end of first line of pair)
#----------------------------------------------------------
# an isolated '}' may join with a ';' terminated segment
- if ( $types_to_go[$iend_1] eq '}' ) {
+ if ( $type_iend_1 eq '}' ) {
# Check for cases where combining a semicolon terminated
# statement with a previous isolated closing paren will
# PARAM2 => 'bar'
# ) or die "Some_method didn't work";
#
+ # But we do not want to do this for something like the -lp
+ # option where the paren is not outdentable because the
+ # trailing clause will be far to the right.
+ #
+ # The logic here is synchronized with the logic in sub
+ # sub set_adjusted_indentation, which actually does
+ # the outdenting.
+ #
$previous_outdentable_closing_paren =
- $this_line_is_semicolon_terminated # ends in ';'
- && $ibeg_1 == $iend_1 # only one token on last line
- && $tokens_to_go[$iend_1] eq
- ')' # must be structural paren
+ $this_line_is_semicolon_terminated
+
+ # only one token on last line
+ && $ibeg_1 == $iend_1
+
+ # must be structural paren
+ && $tokens_to_go[$iend_1] eq ')'
- # only &&, ||, and : if no others seen
+ # style must allow outdenting,
+ && !$closing_token_indentation{')'}
+
+ # only leading '&&', '||', and ':' if no others seen
# (but note: our count made below could be wrong
# due to intervening comments)
&& ( $leading_amp_count == 0
- || $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] !~ /^(:|\&\&|\|\|)$/ )
+ || $type_ibeg_2 !~ /^(:|\&\&|\|\|)$/ )
- # but leading colons probably line up with with a
+ # but leading colons probably line up with a
# previous colon or question (count could be wrong).
- && $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] ne ':'
+ && $type_ibeg_2 ne ':'
# only one step in depth allowed. this line must not
# begin with a ')' itself.
&& !$rOpts->{'indent-closing-brace'}
&& $tokens_to_go[$iend_2] eq '{'
&& (
- ( $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] =~ /^(|\&\&|\|\|)$/ )
- || ( $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] eq 'k'
+ ( $type_ibeg_2 =~ /^(|\&\&|\|\|)$/ )
+ || ( $type_ibeg_2 eq 'k'
&& $is_and_or{ $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_2] } )
|| $is_if_unless{ $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_2] }
)
$previous_outdentable_closing_paren
# handle '.' and '?' specially below
- || ( $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] =~ /^[\.\?]$/ )
+ || ( $type_ibeg_2 =~ /^[\.\?]$/ )
);
}
# honor breaks at opening brace
# Added to prevent recombining something like this:
# } || eval { package main;
- elsif ( $types_to_go[$iend_1] eq '{' ) {
+ elsif ( $type_iend_1 eq '{' ) {
next if $forced_breakpoint_to_go[$iend_1];
}
# do not recombine lines with ending &&, ||,
- elsif ( $is_amp_amp{ $types_to_go[$iend_1] } ) {
- next unless $want_break_before{ $types_to_go[$iend_1] };
- }
-
- # keep a terminal colon
- elsif ( $types_to_go[$iend_1] eq ':' ) {
- next unless $want_break_before{ $types_to_go[$iend_1] };
+ elsif ( $is_amp_amp{$type_iend_1} ) {
+ next unless $want_break_before{$type_iend_1};
}
# Identify and recombine a broken ?/: chain
- elsif ( $types_to_go[$iend_1] eq '?' ) {
+ elsif ( $type_iend_1 eq '?' ) {
# Do not recombine different levels
next
if ( $levels_to_go[$ibeg_1] ne $levels_to_go[$ibeg_2] );
# do not recombine unless next line ends in :
- next unless $types_to_go[$iend_2] eq ':';
+ next unless $type_iend_2 eq ':';
}
# for lines ending in a comma...
- elsif ( $types_to_go[$iend_1] eq ',' ) {
+ elsif ( $type_iend_1 eq ',' ) {
# Do not recombine at comma which is following the
# input bias.
# an isolated '},' may join with an identifier + ';'
# this is useful for the class of a 'bless' statement (bless.t)
- if ( $types_to_go[$ibeg_1] eq '}'
- && $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] eq 'i' )
+ if ( $type_ibeg_1 eq '}'
+ && $type_ibeg_2 eq 'i' )
{
next
unless ( ( $ibeg_1 == ( $iend_1 - 1 ) )
}
# opening paren..
- elsif ( $types_to_go[$iend_1] eq '(' ) {
+ elsif ( $type_iend_1 eq '(' ) {
# No longer doing this
}
- elsif ( $types_to_go[$iend_1] eq ')' ) {
+ elsif ( $type_iend_1 eq ')' ) {
# No longer doing this
}
# keep a terminal for-semicolon
- elsif ( $types_to_go[$iend_1] eq 'f' ) {
+ elsif ( $type_iend_1 eq 'f' ) {
next;
}
# if '=' at end of line ...
- elsif ( $is_assignment{ $types_to_go[$iend_1] } ) {
+ elsif ( $is_assignment{$type_iend_1} ) {
# keep break after = if it was in input stream
# this helps prevent 'blinkers'
&& $iend_1 != $ibeg_1;
my $is_short_quote =
- ( $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] eq 'Q'
+ ( $type_ibeg_2 eq 'Q'
&& $ibeg_2 == $iend_2
- && length( $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_2] ) <
+ && token_sequence_length( $ibeg_2, $ibeg_2 ) <
$rOpts_short_concatenation_item_length );
my $is_ternary =
- ( $types_to_go[$ibeg_1] eq '?'
+ ( $type_ibeg_1 eq '?'
&& ( $ibeg_3 >= 0 && $types_to_go[$ibeg_3] eq ':' ) );
# always join an isolated '=', a short quote, or if this
&& $types_to_go[$ibeg_nmax] eq ';' )
# or the next line ends with a here doc
- || $types_to_go[$iend_2] eq 'h'
+ || $type_iend_2 eq 'h'
# or the next line ends in an open paren or brace
# and the break hasn't been forced [dima.t]
|| ( !$forced_breakpoint_to_go[$iend_1]
- && $types_to_go[$iend_2] eq '{' )
+ && $type_iend_2 eq '{' )
)
# do not recombine if the two lines might align well
# this is a very approximate test for this
&& ( $ibeg_3 >= 0
- && $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] ne
- $types_to_go[$ibeg_3] )
+ && $type_ibeg_2 ne $types_to_go[$ibeg_3] )
);
- # -lp users often prefer this:
- # my $title = function($env, $env, $sysarea,
- # "bubba Borrower Entry");
- # so we will recombine if -lp is used we have ending
- # comma
- if ( !$rOpts_line_up_parentheses
- || $types_to_go[$iend_2] ne ',' )
+ if (
+
+ # Recombine if we can make two lines
+ $nmax >= $n + 2
+
+ # -lp users often prefer this:
+ # my $title = function($env, $env, $sysarea,
+ # "bubba Borrower Entry");
+ # so we will recombine if -lp is used we have
+ # ending comma
+ && ( !$rOpts_line_up_parentheses
+ || $type_iend_2 ne ',' )
+ )
{
# otherwise, scan the rhs line up to last token for
}
# for keywords..
- elsif ( $types_to_go[$iend_1] eq 'k' ) {
+ elsif ( $type_iend_1 eq 'k' ) {
# make major control keywords stand out
# (recombine.t)
}
}
- # handle trailing + - * /
- elsif ( $is_math_op{ $types_to_go[$iend_1] } ) {
-
- # combine lines if next line has single number
- # or a short term followed by same operator
- my $i_next_nonblank = $ibeg_2;
- my $i_next_next = $i_next_nonblank + 1;
- $i_next_next++ if ( $types_to_go[$i_next_next] eq 'b' );
- my $number_follows = $types_to_go[$i_next_nonblank] eq 'n'
- && (
- $i_next_nonblank == $iend_2
- || ( $i_next_next == $iend_2
- && $is_math_op{ $types_to_go[$i_next_next] } )
- || $types_to_go[$i_next_next] eq ';'
- );
-
- # find token before last operator of previous line
- my $iend_1_minus = $iend_1;
- $iend_1_minus--
- if ( $iend_1_minus > $ibeg_1 );
- $iend_1_minus--
- if ( $types_to_go[$iend_1_minus] eq 'b'
- && $iend_1_minus > $ibeg_1 );
-
- my $short_term_follows =
- ( $types_to_go[$iend_2] eq $types_to_go[$iend_1]
- && $types_to_go[$iend_1_minus] =~ /^[in]$/
- && $iend_2 <= $ibeg_2 + 2
- && length( $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_2] ) <
- $rOpts_short_concatenation_item_length );
-
- next
- unless ( $number_follows || $short_term_follows );
- }
-
#----------------------------------------------------------
- # Section 2: Now examine token at $ibeg_2 (left end of second
- # line of pair)
+ # Recombine Section 3:
+ # Examine token at $ibeg_2 (left end of second line of pair)
#----------------------------------------------------------
# join lines identified above as capable of
# causing an outdented line with leading closing paren
+ # Note that we are skipping the rest of this section
if ($previous_outdentable_closing_paren) {
$forced_breakpoint_to_go[$iend_1] = 0;
}
- # do not recombine lines with leading :
- elsif ( $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] eq ':' ) {
- $leading_amp_count++;
- next if $want_break_before{ $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] };
- }
-
# handle lines with leading &&, ||
- elsif ( $is_amp_amp{ $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] } ) {
+ elsif ( $is_amp_amp{$type_ibeg_2} ) {
$leading_amp_count++;
# ok to recombine if it follows a ? or :
# and is followed by an open paren..
my $ok =
- ( $is_ternary{ $types_to_go[$ibeg_1] }
+ ( $is_ternary{$type_ibeg_1}
&& $tokens_to_go[$iend_2] eq '(' )
# or is followed by a ? or : at same depth
&& $nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg_3] ==
$nesting_depth_to_go[$ibeg_2] );
- next if !$ok && $want_break_before{ $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] };
+ next if !$ok && $want_break_before{$type_ibeg_2};
$forced_breakpoint_to_go[$iend_1] = 0;
# tweak the bond strength to give this joint priority
}
# Identify and recombine a broken ?/: chain
- elsif ( $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] eq '?' ) {
+ elsif ( $type_ibeg_2 eq '?' ) {
# Do not recombine different levels
my $lev = $levels_to_go[$ibeg_2];
# are that (1) no alignment of the ? will be possible
# and (2) the expression is somewhat complex, so the
# '?' is harder to see in the interior of the line.
- my $follows_colon =
- $ibeg_1 >= 0 && $types_to_go[$ibeg_1] eq ':';
+ my $follows_colon = $ibeg_1 >= 0 && $type_ibeg_1 eq ':';
my $precedes_colon =
$ibeg_3 >= 0 && $types_to_go[$ibeg_3] eq ':';
next unless ( $follows_colon || $precedes_colon );
}
# do not recombine lines with leading '.'
- elsif ( $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] =~ /^(\.)$/ ) {
- my $i_next_nonblank = $ibeg_2 + 1;
- if ( $types_to_go[$i_next_nonblank] eq 'b' ) {
- $i_next_nonblank++;
- }
-
+ elsif ( $type_ibeg_2 eq '.' ) {
+ my $i_next_nonblank = min( $inext_to_go[$ibeg_2], $iend_2 );
next
unless (
(
$n == 2
&& $n == $nmax
- && $types_to_go[$ibeg_1] ne $types_to_go[$ibeg_2]
+ && $type_ibeg_1 ne $type_ibeg_2
)
# ... or this would strand a short quote , like this
- # . "some long qoute"
+ # . "some long quote"
# . "\n";
+
|| ( $types_to_go[$i_next_nonblank] eq 'Q'
&& $i_next_nonblank >= $iend_2 - 1
- && length( $tokens_to_go[$i_next_nonblank] ) <
+ && $token_lengths_to_go[$i_next_nonblank] <
$rOpts_short_concatenation_item_length )
);
}
# handle leading keyword..
- elsif ( $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] eq 'k' ) {
+ elsif ( $type_ibeg_2 eq 'k' ) {
# handle leading "or"
if ( $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_2] eq 'or' ) {
&& (
# following 'if' or 'unless' or 'or'
- $types_to_go[$ibeg_1] eq 'k'
+ $type_ibeg_1 eq 'k'
&& $is_if_unless{ $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_1] }
# important: only combine a very simple or
&& ( $iend_2 - $ibeg_2 <= 7 )
)
);
+##BUBBA: RT #81854
+ $forced_breakpoint_to_go[$iend_1] = 0
+ unless $old_breakpoint_to_go[$iend_1];
}
# handle leading 'and'
&& (
# following 'if' or 'unless' or 'or'
- $types_to_go[$ibeg_1] eq 'k'
+ $type_ibeg_1 eq 'k'
&& ( $is_if_unless{ $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_1] }
|| $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_1] eq 'or' )
)
$this_line_is_semicolon_terminated
# previous line begins with 'and' or 'or'
- && $types_to_go[$ibeg_1] eq 'k'
+ && $type_ibeg_1 eq 'k'
&& $is_and_or{ $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_1] }
);
# keywords look best at start of lines,
# but combine things like "1 while"
- unless ( $is_assignment{ $types_to_go[$iend_1] } ) {
+ unless ( $is_assignment{$type_iend_1} ) {
next
- if ( ( $types_to_go[$iend_1] ne 'k' )
+ if ( ( $type_iend_1 ne 'k' )
&& ( $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_2] ne 'while' ) );
}
}
# similar treatment of && and || as above for 'and' and 'or':
# NOTE: This block of code is currently bypassed because
# of a previous block but is retained for possible future use.
- elsif ( $is_amp_amp{ $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] } ) {
+ elsif ( $is_amp_amp{$type_ibeg_2} ) {
# maybe looking at something like:
# unless $TEXTONLY || $item =~ m%</?(hr>|p>|a|img)%i;
unless (
$this_line_is_semicolon_terminated
- # previous line begins with an 'if' or 'unless' keyword
- && $types_to_go[$ibeg_1] eq 'k'
- && $is_if_unless{ $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_1] }
-
- );
- }
-
- # handle leading + - * /
- elsif ( $is_math_op{ $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] } ) {
- my $i_next_nonblank = $ibeg_2 + 1;
- if ( $types_to_go[$i_next_nonblank] eq 'b' ) {
- $i_next_nonblank++;
- }
-
- my $i_next_next = $i_next_nonblank + 1;
- $i_next_next++ if ( $types_to_go[$i_next_next] eq 'b' );
-
- my $is_number = (
- $types_to_go[$i_next_nonblank] eq 'n'
- && ( $i_next_nonblank >= $iend_2 - 1
- || $types_to_go[$i_next_next] eq ';' )
- );
-
- my $iend_1_nonblank =
- $types_to_go[$iend_1] eq 'b' ? $iend_1 - 1 : $iend_1;
- my $iend_2_nonblank =
- $types_to_go[$iend_2] eq 'b' ? $iend_2 - 1 : $iend_2;
-
- my $is_short_term =
- ( $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] eq $types_to_go[$ibeg_1]
- && $types_to_go[$iend_2_nonblank] =~ /^[in]$/
- && $types_to_go[$iend_1_nonblank] =~ /^[in]$/
- && $iend_2_nonblank <= $ibeg_2 + 2
- && length( $tokens_to_go[$iend_2_nonblank] ) <
- $rOpts_short_concatenation_item_length );
-
- # Combine these lines if this line is a single
- # number, or if it is a short term with same
- # operator as the previous line. For example, in
- # the following code we will combine all of the
- # short terms $A, $B, $C, $D, $E, $F, together
- # instead of leaving them one per line:
- # my $time =
- # $A * $B * $C * $D * $E * $F *
- # ( 2. * $eps * $sigma * $area ) *
- # ( 1. / $tcold**3 - 1. / $thot**3 );
- # This can be important in math-intensive code.
- next
- unless (
- $is_number
- || $is_short_term
-
- # or if we can reduce this to two lines if we do.
- || ( $n == 2
- && $n == $nmax
- && $types_to_go[$ibeg_1] ne $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] )
+ # previous line begins with an 'if' or 'unless' keyword
+ && $type_ibeg_1 eq 'k'
+ && $is_if_unless{ $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_1] }
+
);
}
# handle line with leading = or similar
- elsif ( $is_assignment{ $types_to_go[$ibeg_2] } ) {
+ elsif ( $is_assignment{$type_ibeg_2} ) {
next unless ( $n == 1 || $n == $nmax );
+ next if $old_breakpoint_to_go[$iend_1];
next
unless (
|| ( $nmax == 3 && $types_to_go[$ibeg_nmax] eq ';' )
# or the next line ends with a here doc
- || $types_to_go[$iend_2] eq 'h'
+ || $type_iend_2 eq 'h'
# or this is a short line ending in ;
|| ( $n == $nmax && $this_line_is_semicolon_terminated )
}
#----------------------------------------------------------
- # Section 3:
+ # Recombine Section 4:
# Combine the lines if we arrive here and it is possible
#----------------------------------------------------------
&& !$this_line_is_semicolon_terminated
&& $n < $nmax
&& $excess + 4 > 0
- && $types_to_go[$iend_2] ne ',' );
+ && $type_iend_2 ne ',' );
# do not recombine if we would skip in indentation levels
if ( $n < $nmax ) {
&& !(
$n == 1
&& $iend_1 - $ibeg_1 <= 2
- && $types_to_go[$ibeg_1] eq 'k'
+ && $type_ibeg_1 eq 'k'
&& $tokens_to_go[$ibeg_1] eq 'if'
&& $tokens_to_go[$iend_1] ne '('
)
}
# honor no-break's
- next if ( $bs == NO_BREAK );
+ next if ( $bs >= NO_BREAK - 1 );
# remember the pair with the greatest bond strength
if ( !$n_best ) {
if ($n_best) {
splice @$ri_beg, $n_best, 1;
splice @$ri_end, $n_best - 1, 1;
+ splice @joint, $n_best, 1;
# keep going if we are still making progress
$more_to_do++;
return unless (@insert_list);
# One final check...
- # scan second and thrid lines and be sure there are no assignments
+ # scan second and third lines and be sure there are no assignments
# we want to avoid breaking at an = to make something like this:
# unless ( $icon =
# $html_icons{"$type-$state"}
# see if any ?/:'s are in order
my $colons_in_order = 1;
my $last_tok = "";
- my @colon_list = grep /^[\?\:]$/, @tokens_to_go[ 0 .. $max_index_to_go ];
+ my @colon_list = grep /^[\?\:]$/, @types_to_go[ 0 .. $max_index_to_go ];
my $colon_count = @colon_list;
foreach (@colon_list) {
if ( $_ eq $last_tok ) { $colons_in_order = 0; last }
#-------------------------------------------------------
while ( $i_begin <= $imax ) {
my $lowest_strength = NO_BREAK;
- my $starting_sum = $lengths_to_go[$i_begin];
+ my $starting_sum = $summed_lengths_to_go[$i_begin];
my $i_lowest = -1;
my $i_test = -1;
my $lowest_next_token = '';
# BEGINNING of inner loop to find the best next breakpoint
#-------------------------------------------------------
for ( $i_test = $i_begin ; $i_test <= $imax ; $i_test++ ) {
- my $type = $types_to_go[$i_test];
- my $token = $tokens_to_go[$i_test];
- my $next_type = $types_to_go[ $i_test + 1 ];
- my $next_token = $tokens_to_go[ $i_test + 1 ];
- my $i_next_nonblank =
- ( ( $next_type eq 'b' ) ? $i_test + 2 : $i_test + 1 );
+ my $type = $types_to_go[$i_test];
+ my $token = $tokens_to_go[$i_test];
+ my $next_type = $types_to_go[ $i_test + 1 ];
+ my $next_token = $tokens_to_go[ $i_test + 1 ];
+ my $i_next_nonblank = $inext_to_go[$i_test];
my $next_nonblank_type = $types_to_go[$i_next_nonblank];
my $next_nonblank_token = $tokens_to_go[$i_next_nonblank];
my $next_nonblank_block_type = $block_type_to_go[$i_next_nonblank];
my $strength = $bond_strength_to_go[$i_test];
+ my $maximum_line_length = maximum_line_length($i_begin);
# use old breaks as a tie-breaker. For example to
# prevent blinkers with -pbp in this code:
## * ( ( 1 - $x )**( $b - 1 ) );
# reduce strength a bit to break ties at an old breakpoint ...
- $strength -= $tiny_bias
- if $old_breakpoint_to_go[$i_test]
-
- # which is a 'good' breakpoint, meaning ...
- # we don't want to break before it
- && !$want_break_before{$type}
-
- # and either we want to break before the next token
- # or the next token is not short (i.e. not a '*', '/' etc.)
- && $i_next_nonblank <= $imax
- && (
- $want_break_before{$next_nonblank_type}
- || ( $lengths_to_go[ $i_next_nonblank + 1 ] -
- $lengths_to_go[$i_next_nonblank] > 2 )
- || $next_nonblank_type =~ /^[\(\[\{L]$/
- );
+ if (
+ $old_breakpoint_to_go[$i_test]
+
+ # which is a 'good' breakpoint, meaning ...
+ # we don't want to break before it
+ && !$want_break_before{$type}
+
+ # and either we want to break before the next token
+ # or the next token is not short (i.e. not a '*', '/' etc.)
+ && $i_next_nonblank <= $imax
+ && ( $want_break_before{$next_nonblank_type}
+ || $token_lengths_to_go[$i_next_nonblank] > 2
+ || $next_nonblank_type =~ /^[\,\(\[\{L]$/ )
+ )
+ {
+ $strength -= $tiny_bias;
+ }
+
+ # otherwise increase strength a bit if this token would be at the
+ # maximum line length. This is necessary to avoid blinking
+ # in the above example when the -iob flag is added.
+ else {
+ my $len =
+ $leading_spaces +
+ $summed_lengths_to_go[ $i_test + 1 ] -
+ $starting_sum;
+ if ( $len >= $maximum_line_length ) {
+ $strength += $tiny_bias;
+ }
+ }
my $must_break = 0;
- # FIXME: Might want to be able to break after these
- # force an immediate break at certain operators
- # with lower level than the start of the line
+ # Force an immediate break at certain operators
+ # with lower level than the start of the line,
+ # unless we've already seen a better break.
+ #
+ ##############################################
+ # Note on an issue with a preceding ?
+ ##############################################
+ # We don't include a ? in the above list, but there may
+ # be a break at a previous ? if the line is long.
+ # Because of this we do not want to force a break if
+ # there is a previous ? on this line. For now the best way
+ # to do this is to not break if we have seen a lower strength
+ # point, which is probably a ?.
+ #
+ # Example of unwanted breaks we are avoiding at a '.' following a ?
+ # from pod2html using perltidy -gnu:
+ # )
+ # ? "\n<A NAME=\""
+ # . $value
+ # . "\">\n$text</A>\n"
+ # : "\n$type$pod2.html\#" . $value . "\">$text<\/A>\n";
if (
(
$next_nonblank_type =~ /^(\.|\&\&|\|\|)$/
)
&& ( $nesting_depth_to_go[$i_begin] >
$nesting_depth_to_go[$i_next_nonblank] )
+ && ( $strength <= $lowest_strength )
)
{
set_forced_breakpoint($i_next_nonblank);
# break between ) { in a continued line so that the '{' can
# be outdented
# See similar logic in scan_list which catches instances
- # where a line is just something like ') {'
+ # where a line is just something like ') {'. We have to
+ # be careful because the corresponding block keyword might
+ # not be on the first line, such as 'for' here:
+ #
+ # eval {
+ # for ("a") {
+ # for $x ( 1, 2 ) { local $_ = "b"; s/(.*)/+$1/ }
+ # }
+ # };
+ #
|| ( $line_count
- && ( $token eq ')' )
+ && ( $token eq ')' )
&& ( $next_nonblank_type eq '{' )
&& ($next_nonblank_block_type)
+ && ( $next_nonblank_block_type ne $tokens_to_go[$i_begin] )
&& !$rOpts->{'opening-brace-always-on-right'} )
# There is an implied forced break at a terminal opening brace
# Forced breakpoints must sometimes be overridden, for example
# because of a side comment causing a NO_BREAK. It is easier
# to catch this here than when they are set.
- if ( $strength < NO_BREAK ) {
+ if ( $strength < NO_BREAK - 1 ) {
$strength = $lowest_strength - $tiny_bias;
$must_break = 1;
}
&& (
(
$leading_spaces +
- $lengths_to_go[ $i_next_nonblank + 1 ] -
+ $summed_lengths_to_go[ $i_next_nonblank + 1 ] -
$starting_sum
- ) > $rOpts_maximum_line_length
+ ) > $maximum_line_length
)
)
{
&& (
(
$leading_spaces +
- $lengths_to_go[ $i_test + 1 ] -
+ $summed_lengths_to_go[ $i_test + 1 ] -
$starting_sum
- ) < $rOpts_maximum_line_length
+ ) < $maximum_line_length
)
)
{
- $i_test++;
-
- if ( ( $i_test < $imax ) && ( $next_type eq 'b' ) ) {
- $i_test++;
- }
+ $i_test = min( $imax, $inext_to_go[$i_test] );
redo;
}
# break It is only called if a breakpoint is required or
# desired. This will probably need some adjustments
# over time. A goal is to try to be sure that, if a new
- # side comment is introduced into formated text, then
+ # side comment is introduced into formatted text, then
# the same breakpoints will occur. scbreak.t
last
if (
- $i_test == $imax # we are at the end
- && !$forced_breakpoint_count #
- && $saw_good_break # old line had good break
- && $type =~ /^[#;\{]$/ # and this line ends in
- # ';' or side comment
- && $i_last_break < 0 # and we haven't made a break
- && $i_lowest > 0 # and we saw a possible break
- && $i_lowest < $imax - 1 # (but not just before this ;)
+ $i_test == $imax # we are at the end
+ && !$forced_breakpoint_count #
+ && $saw_good_break # old line had good break
+ && $type =~ /^[#;\{]$/ # and this line ends in
+ # ';' or side comment
+ && $i_last_break < 0 # and we haven't made a break
+ && $i_lowest >= 0 # and we saw a possible break
+ && $i_lowest < $imax - 1 # (but not just before this ;)
&& $strength - $lowest_strength < 0.5 * WEAK # and it's good
);
+ # Do not skip past an important break point in a short final
+ # segment. For example, without this check we would miss the
+ # break at the final / in the following code:
+ #
+ # $depth_stop =
+ # ( $tau * $mass_pellet * $q_0 *
+ # ( 1. - exp( -$t_stop / $tau ) ) -
+ # 4. * $pi * $factor * $k_ice *
+ # ( $t_melt - $t_ice ) *
+ # $r_pellet *
+ # $t_stop ) /
+ # ( $rho_ice * $Qs * $pi * $r_pellet**2 );
+ #
+ if ( $line_count > 2
+ && $i_lowest < $i_test
+ && $i_test > $imax - 2
+ && $nesting_depth_to_go[$i_begin] >
+ $nesting_depth_to_go[$i_lowest]
+ && $lowest_strength < $last_break_strength - .5 * WEAK )
+ {
+ # Make this break for math operators for now
+ my $ir = $inext_to_go[$i_lowest];
+ my $il = $iprev_to_go[$ir];
+ last
+ if ( $types_to_go[$il] =~ /^[\/\*\+\-\%]$/
+ || $types_to_go[$ir] =~ /^[\/\*\+\-\%]$/ );
+ }
+
+ # Update the minimum bond strength location
$lowest_strength = $strength;
$i_lowest = $i_test;
$lowest_next_token = $next_nonblank_token;
&& ( $lowest_strength - $last_break_strength <= $max_bias )
)
{
- my $i_last_end = $i_begin - 1;
- if ( $types_to_go[$i_last_end] eq 'b' ) { $i_last_end -= 1 }
- my $tok_beg = $tokens_to_go[$i_begin];
- my $type_beg = $types_to_go[$i_begin];
+ my $i_last_end = $iprev_to_go[$i_begin];
+ my $tok_beg = $tokens_to_go[$i_begin];
+ my $type_beg = $types_to_go[$i_begin];
if (
# check for leading alignment of certain tokens
}
}
- my $too_long =
- ( $i_test >= $imax )
- ? 1
- : (
- (
- $leading_spaces +
- $lengths_to_go[ $i_test + 2 ] -
- $starting_sum
- ) > $rOpts_maximum_line_length
- );
+ my $too_long = ( $i_test >= $imax );
+ if ( !$too_long ) {
+ my $next_length =
+ $leading_spaces +
+ $summed_lengths_to_go[ $i_test + 2 ] -
+ $starting_sum;
+ $too_long = $next_length > $maximum_line_length;
+
+ # To prevent blinkers we will avoid leaving a token exactly at
+ # the line length limit unless it is the last token or one of
+ # several "good" types.
+ #
+ # The following code was a blinker with -pbp before this
+ # modification:
+## $last_nonblank_token eq '('
+## && $is_indirect_object_taker{ $paren_type
+## [$paren_depth] }
+ # The issue causing the problem is that if the
+ # term [$paren_depth] gets broken across a line then
+ # the whitespace routine doesn't see both opening and closing
+ # brackets and will format like '[ $paren_depth ]'. This
+ # leads to an oscillation in length depending if we break
+ # before the closing bracket or not.
+ if ( !$too_long
+ && $i_test + 1 < $imax
+ && $next_nonblank_type !~ /^[,\}\]\)R]$/ )
+ {
+ $too_long = $next_length >= $maximum_line_length;
+ }
+ }
FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_BREAK
- && print
-"BREAK: testing i = $i_test imax=$imax $types_to_go[$i_test] $next_nonblank_type leading sp=($leading_spaces) next length = $lengths_to_go[$i_test+2] too_long=$too_long str=$strength\n";
+ && do {
+ my $ltok = $token;
+ my $rtok = $next_nonblank_token ? $next_nonblank_token : "";
+ my $i_testp2 = $i_test + 2;
+ if ( $i_testp2 > $max_index_to_go + 1 ) {
+ $i_testp2 = $max_index_to_go + 1;
+ }
+ if ( length($ltok) > 6 ) { $ltok = substr( $ltok, 0, 8 ) }
+ if ( length($rtok) > 6 ) { $rtok = substr( $rtok, 0, 8 ) }
+ print STDOUT
+"BREAK: i=$i_test imax=$imax $types_to_go[$i_test] $next_nonblank_type sp=($leading_spaces) lnext= $summed_lengths_to_go[$i_testp2] 2long=$too_long str=$strength $ltok $rtok\n";
+ };
# allow one extra terminal token after exceeding line length
# if it would strand this token.
if ( $rOpts_fuzzy_line_length
&& $too_long
- && ( $i_lowest == $i_test )
- && ( length($token) > 1 )
- && ( $next_nonblank_type =~ /^[\;\,]$/ ) )
+ && $i_lowest == $i_test
+ && $token_lengths_to_go[$i_test] > 1
+ && $next_nonblank_type =~ /^[\;\,]$/ )
{
$too_long = 0;
}
if ( $i_lowest < 0 ) { $i_lowest = $imax }
# semi-final index calculation
- my $i_next_nonblank = (
- ( $types_to_go[ $i_lowest + 1 ] eq 'b' )
- ? $i_lowest + 2
- : $i_lowest + 1
- );
+ my $i_next_nonblank = $inext_to_go[$i_lowest];
my $next_nonblank_type = $types_to_go[$i_next_nonblank];
my $next_nonblank_token = $tokens_to_go[$i_next_nonblank];
#-------------------------------------------------------
# final index calculation
- $i_next_nonblank = (
- ( $types_to_go[ $i_lowest + 1 ] eq 'b' )
- ? $i_lowest + 2
- : $i_lowest + 1
- );
+ $i_next_nonblank = $inext_to_go[$i_lowest];
$next_nonblank_type = $types_to_go[$i_next_nonblank];
$next_nonblank_token = $tokens_to_go[$i_next_nonblank];
FORMATTER_DEBUG_FLAG_BREAK
- && print "BREAK: best is i = $i_lowest strength = $lowest_strength\n";
+ && print STDOUT
+ "BREAK: best is i = $i_lowest strength = $lowest_strength\n";
#-------------------------------------------------------
# ?/: rule 2 : if we break at a '?', then break at its ':'
my $i_question = $mate_index_to_go[$_];
if ( $i_question >= 0 ) {
if ( $want_break_before{'?'} ) {
- $i_question--;
- if ( $i_question > 0
- && $types_to_go[$i_question] eq 'b' )
- {
- $i_question--;
- }
+ $i_question = $iprev_to_go[$i_question];
}
if ( $i_question >= 0 ) {
# Do not leave a blank at the end of a line; back up if necessary
if ( $types_to_go[$i_break_left] eq 'b' ) { $i_break_left-- }
- my $i_break_right = $i_break_left + 1;
- if ( $types_to_go[$i_break_right] eq 'b' ) { $i_break_right++ }
-
+ my $i_break_right = $inext_to_go[$i_break_left];
if ( $i_break_left >= $i_f
&& $i_break_left < $i_l
&& $i_break_right > $i_f
}
}
-# check to see if output line tabbing agrees with input line
-# this can be very useful for debugging a script which has an extra
-# or missing brace
sub compare_indentation_levels {
- my ( $python_indentation_level, $structural_indentation_level ) = @_;
- if ( ( $python_indentation_level ne $structural_indentation_level ) ) {
+ # check to see if output line tabbing agrees with input line
+ # this can be very useful for debugging a script which has an extra
+ # or missing brace
+ my ( $guessed_indentation_level, $structural_indentation_level ) = @_;
+ if ( $guessed_indentation_level ne $structural_indentation_level ) {
$last_tabbing_disagreement = $input_line_number;
if ($in_tabbing_disagreement) {
if ( $tabbing_disagreement_count <= MAX_NAG_MESSAGES ) {
write_logfile_entry(
-"Start indentation disagreement: input=$python_indentation_level; output=$structural_indentation_level\n"
+"Start indentation disagreement: input=$guessed_indentation_level; output=$structural_indentation_level\n"
);
}
$in_tabbing_disagreement = $input_line_number;
# attempts to line up certain common tokens, such as => and #, which are
# identified by the calling routine.
#
-# There are two main routines: append_line and flush. Append acts as a
+# There are two main routines: valign_input and flush. Append acts as a
# storage buffer, collecting lines into a group which can be vertically
# aligned. When alignment is no longer possible or desirable, it dumps
# the group to flush.
#
-# append_line -----> flush
+# valign_input -----> flush
#
# collects writes
# vertical one
use constant VALIGN_DEBUG_FLAG_APPEND => 0;
use constant VALIGN_DEBUG_FLAG_APPEND0 => 0;
use constant VALIGN_DEBUG_FLAG_TERNARY => 0;
+ use constant VALIGN_DEBUG_FLAG_TABS => 0;
my $debug_warning = sub {
- print "VALIGN_DEBUGGING with key $_[0]\n";
+ print STDOUT "VALIGN_DEBUGGING with key $_[0]\n";
};
VALIGN_DEBUG_FLAG_APPEND && $debug_warning->('APPEND');
VALIGN_DEBUG_FLAG_APPEND0 && $debug_warning->('APPEND0');
+ VALIGN_DEBUG_FLAG_TERNARY && $debug_warning->('TERNARY');
+ VALIGN_DEBUG_FLAG_TABS && $debug_warning->('TABS');
}
$group_type
$group_maximum_gap
$marginal_match
- $last_group_level_written
+ $last_level_written
$last_leading_space_count
$extra_indent_ok
$zero_count
@side_comment_history
$comment_leading_space_count
$is_matching_terminal_line
+ $consecutive_block_comments
$cached_line_text
$cached_line_type
$cached_line_leading_space_count
$cached_seqno_string
+ $valign_buffer_filling
+ @valign_buffer
+
$seqno_string
$last_nonblank_seqno_string
$rOpts
$rOpts_maximum_line_length
+ $rOpts_variable_maximum_line_length
$rOpts_continuation_indentation
$rOpts_indent_columns
$rOpts_tabs
# variables describing the entire space group:
$ralignment_list = [];
$group_level = 0;
- $last_group_level_written = -1;
+ $last_level_written = -1;
$extra_indent_ok = 0; # can we move all lines to the right?
$last_side_comment_length = 0;
$maximum_jmax_seen = 0;
$side_comment_history[1] = [ -200, 0 ];
$side_comment_history[2] = [ -100, 0 ];
- # write_leader_and_string cache:
+ # valign_output_step_B cache:
$cached_line_text = "";
$cached_line_type = 0;
$cached_line_flag = 0;
$rOpts->{'fixed-position-side-comment'};
$rOpts_minimum_space_to_comment = $rOpts->{'minimum-space-to-comment'};
$rOpts_maximum_line_length = $rOpts->{'maximum-line-length'};
- $rOpts_valign = $rOpts->{'valign'};
+ $rOpts_variable_maximum_line_length =
+ $rOpts->{'variable-maximum-line-length'};
+ $rOpts_valign = $rOpts->{'valign'};
+ $consecutive_block_comments = 0;
forget_side_comment();
initialize_for_new_group();
}
sub dump_alignments {
- print
+ print STDOUT
"Current Alignments:\ni\ttoken\tstarting_column\tcolumn\tstarting_line\tending_line\n";
for my $i ( 0 .. $maximum_alignment_index ) {
my $column = $ralignment_list->[$i]->get_column();
my $matching_token = $ralignment_list->[$i]->get_matching_token();
my $starting_line = $ralignment_list->[$i]->get_starting_line();
my $ending_line = $ralignment_list->[$i]->get_ending_line();
- print
+ print STDOUT
"$i\t$matching_token\t$starting_column\t$column\t$starting_line\t$ending_line\n";
}
}
$last_comment_column = 0;
}
-sub append_line {
+sub maximum_line_length_for_level {
+
+ # return maximum line length for line starting with a given level
+ my $maximum_line_length = $rOpts_maximum_line_length;
+ if ($rOpts_variable_maximum_line_length) {
+ my $level = shift;
+ if ( $level < 0 ) { $level = 0 }
+ $maximum_line_length += $level * $rOpts_indent_columns;
+ }
+ return $maximum_line_length;
+}
+
+sub valign_input {
- # sub append is called to place one line in the current vertical group.
+ # Place one line in the current vertical group.
#
# The input parameters are:
# $level = indentation level of this line
# first one is always at zero. The interior columns are at the start of
# the matching tokens, and the last one tracks the maximum line length.
#
- # Basically, each time a new line comes in, it joins the current vertical
+ # Each time a new line comes in, it joins the current vertical
# group if possible. Otherwise it causes the current group to be dumped
# and a new group is started.
#
( $jmax == 1 && $rtokens->[0] eq '#' && $rfields->[0] =~ /^\s*$/ );
$is_outdented = 0 if $is_hanging_side_comment;
+ # Forget side comment alignment after seeing 2 or more block comments
+ my $is_block_comment = ( $jmax == 0 && $rfields->[0] =~ /^#/ );
+ if ($is_block_comment) {
+ $consecutive_block_comments++;
+ }
+ else {
+ if ( $consecutive_block_comments > 1 ) { forget_side_comment() }
+ $consecutive_block_comments = 0;
+ }
+
VALIGN_DEBUG_FLAG_APPEND0 && do {
- print
+ print STDOUT
"APPEND0: entering lines=$maximum_line_index new #fields= $jmax, leading_count=$leading_space_count last_cmt=$last_comment_column force=$is_forced_break\n";
};
# we are allowed to shift a group of lines to the right if its
# level is greater than the previous and next group
$extra_indent_ok =
- ( $level < $group_level && $last_group_level_written < $group_level );
+ ( $level < $group_level && $last_level_written < $group_level );
my_flush();
# Patch to collect outdentable block COMMENTS
# --------------------------------------------------------------------
my $is_blank_line = "";
- my $is_block_comment = ( $jmax == 0 && $rfields->[0] =~ /^#/ );
if ( $group_type eq 'COMMENT' ) {
if (
(
# and no space recovery is needed.
if ( $maximum_line_index < 0 && !get_RECOVERABLE_SPACES($indentation) )
{
- write_leader_and_string( $leading_space_count, $$rfields[0], 0,
- $outdent_long_lines, $rvertical_tightness_flags );
+ valign_output_step_B( $leading_space_count, $$rfields[0], 0,
+ $outdent_long_lines, $rvertical_tightness_flags, $level );
return;
}
}
outdent_long_lines => $outdent_long_lines,
list_type => "",
is_hanging_side_comment => $is_hanging_side_comment,
- maximum_line_length => $rOpts->{'maximum-line-length'},
+ maximum_line_length => maximum_line_length_for_level($level),
rvertical_tightness_flags => $rvertical_tightness_flags,
);
# --------------------------------------------------------------------
# Append this line to the current group (or start new group)
# --------------------------------------------------------------------
- accept_line($new_line);
+ add_to_group($new_line);
# Future update to allow this to vary:
$current_line = $new_line if ( $maximum_line_index == 0 );
# Step 8. Some old debugging stuff
# --------------------------------------------------------------------
VALIGN_DEBUG_FLAG_APPEND && do {
- print "APPEND fields:";
+ print STDOUT "APPEND fields:";
dump_array(@$rfields);
- print "APPEND tokens:";
+ print STDOUT "APPEND tokens:";
dump_array(@$rtokens);
- print "APPEND patterns:";
+ print STDOUT "APPEND patterns:";
dump_array(@$rpatterns);
dump_alignments();
};
my $case = 1;
# See if case 2: both lines have leading '='
- # We'll require smiliar leading patterns in this case
+ # We'll require similar leading patterns in this case
my $old_rtokens = $old_line->get_rtokens();
my $rtokens = $new_line->get_rtokens();
my $rpatterns = $new_line->get_rpatterns();
my $old_rpatterns = $old_line->get_rpatterns();
if ( $rtokens->[0] =~ /^=\d*$/
- && $old_rtokens->[0] eq $rtokens->[0]
+ && $old_rtokens->[0] eq $rtokens->[0]
&& $old_rpatterns->[0] eq $rpatterns->[0] )
{
$case = 2;
VALIGN_DEBUG_FLAG_TERNARY && do {
local $" = '><';
- print "CURRENT FIELDS=<@{$rfields_old}>\n";
- print "CURRENT TOKENS=<@{$rtokens_old}>\n";
- print "CURRENT PATTERNS=<@{$rpatterns_old}>\n";
- print "UNMODIFIED FIELDS=<@{$rfields}>\n";
- print "UNMODIFIED TOKENS=<@{$rtokens}>\n";
- print "UNMODIFIED PATTERNS=<@{$rpatterns}>\n";
+ print STDOUT "CURRENT FIELDS=<@{$rfields_old}>\n";
+ print STDOUT "CURRENT TOKENS=<@{$rtokens_old}>\n";
+ print STDOUT "CURRENT PATTERNS=<@{$rpatterns_old}>\n";
+ print STDOUT "UNMODIFIED FIELDS=<@{$rfields}>\n";
+ print STDOUT "UNMODIFIED TOKENS=<@{$rtokens}>\n";
+ print STDOUT "UNMODIFIED PATTERNS=<@{$rpatterns}>\n";
};
# handle cases of leading colon on this line
VALIGN_DEBUG_FLAG_TERNARY && do {
local $" = '><';
- print "MODIFIED TOKENS=<@tokens>\n";
- print "MODIFIED PATTERNS=<@patterns>\n";
- print "MODIFIED FIELDS=<@fields>\n";
+ print STDOUT "MODIFIED TOKENS=<@tokens>\n";
+ print STDOUT "MODIFIED PATTERNS=<@patterns>\n";
+ print STDOUT "MODIFIED FIELDS=<@fields>\n";
};
# all ok .. update the arrays
# TBD: add handling for 'case'
return unless ( $rfields_old->[0] =~ /^(if|elsif|unless)\s*$/ );
- # look for the opening brace after the else, and extrace the depth
+ # look for the opening brace after the else, and extract the depth
my $tok_brace = $rtokens->[0];
my $depth_brace;
if ( $tok_brace =~ /^\{(\d+)/ ) { $depth_brace = $1; }
# when the pattern's don't match, because it can be
# worse to create an alignment where none is needed
# than to omit one. Here's an example where the ','s
- # are not in named continers. The first line below
+ # are not in named containers. The first line below
# should not match the next two:
# ( $a, $b ) = ( $b, $r );
# ( $x1, $x2 ) = ( $x2 - $q * $x1, $x1 );
# well enough.
if (
substr( $$old_rpatterns[$j], 0, 1 ) ne
- substr( $$rpatterns[$j], 0, 1 ) )
+ substr( $$rpatterns[$j], 0, 1 ) )
{
goto NO_MATCH;
}
}
}
-sub accept_line {
+sub add_to_group {
# The current line either starts a new alignment group or is
# accepted into the current alignment group.
$new_line->set_alignments(@new_alignments);
}
- # remember group jmax extremes for next call to append_line
+ # remember group jmax extremes for next call to valign_input
$previous_minimum_jmax_seen = $minimum_jmax_seen;
$previous_maximum_jmax_seen = $maximum_jmax_seen;
}
# debug routine to dump array contents
local $" = ')(';
- print "(@_)\n";
+ print STDOUT "(@_)\n";
}
# flush() sends the current Perl::Tidy::VerticalAligner group down the
# pipeline to Perl::Tidy::FileWriter.
-# This is the external flush, which also empties the cache
+# This is the external flush, which also empties the buffer and cache
sub flush {
+ # the buffer must be emptied first, then any cached text
+ dump_valign_buffer();
+
if ( $maximum_line_index < 0 ) {
if ($cached_line_type) {
$seqno_string = $cached_seqno_string;
- entab_and_output( $cached_line_text,
+ valign_output_step_C( $cached_line_text,
$cached_line_leading_space_count,
- $last_group_level_written );
+ $last_level_written );
$cached_line_type = 0;
$cached_line_text = "";
$cached_seqno_string = "";
}
}
+sub reduce_valign_buffer_indentation {
+
+ my ($diff) = @_;
+ if ( $valign_buffer_filling && $diff ) {
+ my $max_valign_buffer = @valign_buffer;
+ for ( my $i = 0 ; $i < $max_valign_buffer ; $i++ ) {
+ my ( $line, $leading_space_count, $level ) =
+ @{ $valign_buffer[$i] };
+ my $ws = substr( $line, 0, $diff );
+ if ( ( length($ws) == $diff ) && $ws =~ /^\s+$/ ) {
+ $line = substr( $line, $diff );
+ }
+ if ( $leading_space_count >= $diff ) {
+ $leading_space_count -= $diff;
+ $level = level_change( $leading_space_count, $diff, $level );
+ }
+ $valign_buffer[$i] = [ $line, $leading_space_count, $level ];
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+sub level_change {
+
+ # compute decrease in level when we remove $diff spaces from the
+ # leading spaces
+ my ( $leading_space_count, $diff, $level ) = @_;
+ if ($rOpts_indent_columns) {
+ my $olev =
+ int( ( $leading_space_count + $diff ) / $rOpts_indent_columns );
+ my $nlev = int( $leading_space_count / $rOpts_indent_columns );
+ $level -= ( $olev - $nlev );
+ if ( $level < 0 ) { $level = 0 }
+ }
+ return $level;
+}
+
+sub dump_valign_buffer {
+ if (@valign_buffer) {
+ foreach (@valign_buffer) {
+ valign_output_step_D( @{$_} );
+ }
+ @valign_buffer = ();
+ }
+ $valign_buffer_filling = "";
+}
+
# This is the internal flush, which leaves the cache intact
sub my_flush {
VALIGN_DEBUG_FLAG_APPEND0 && do {
my ( $a, $b, $c ) = caller();
- print
+ print STDOUT
"APPEND0: Flush called from $a $b $c for COMMENT group: lines=$maximum_line_index \n";
};
for my $i ( 0 .. $maximum_line_index ) {
my $str = $group_lines[$i];
my $excess =
- length($str) + $leading_space_count - $rOpts_maximum_line_length;
+ length($str) +
+ $leading_space_count -
+ maximum_line_length_for_level($group_level);
if ( $excess > $max_excess ) {
$max_excess = $excess;
}
# write the group of lines
my $outdent_long_lines = 0;
for my $i ( 0 .. $maximum_line_index ) {
- write_leader_and_string( $leading_space_count, $group_lines[$i], 0,
- $outdent_long_lines, "" );
+ valign_output_step_B( $leading_space_count, $group_lines[$i], 0,
+ $outdent_long_lines, "", $group_level );
}
}
my $group_list_type = $group_lines[0]->get_list_type();
my ( $a, $b, $c ) = caller();
my $maximum_field_index = $group_lines[0]->get_jmax();
- print
+ print STDOUT
"APPEND0: Flush called from $a $b $c fields=$maximum_field_index list=$group_list_type lines=$maximum_line_index extra=$extra_indent_ok\n";
};
# loop to output all lines
for my $i ( 0 .. $maximum_line_index ) {
my $line = $group_lines[$i];
- write_vertically_aligned_line( $line, $min_ci_gap, $do_not_align,
+ valign_output_step_A( $line, $min_ci_gap, $do_not_align,
$group_leader_length, $extra_leading_spaces );
}
}
if ( $move >= 0
&& $last_side_comment_length > 0
&& ( $first_side_comment_line == 0 )
- && $group_level == $last_group_level_written )
+ && $group_level == $last_level_written )
{
$min_move = 0;
}
$move = $min_move;
}
- # prevously, an upper bound was placed on $move here,
+ # previously, an upper bound was placed on $move here,
# (maximum_space_to_comment), but it was not helpful
# don't exceed the available space
# 'tan' => \&tan,
# 'atan2' => \&atan2,
- ## BUB: Deactivated####################
+ ## Deactivated####################
# The trouble with this patch is that it may, for example,
# move in some 'or's or ':'s, and leave some out, so that the
# left edge alignment suffers.
my $maximum_field_index = $group_lines[0]->get_jmax();
- my $min_ci_gap = $rOpts_maximum_line_length;
+ my $min_ci_gap = maximum_line_length_for_level($group_level);
if ( $maximum_field_index > 1 && !$do_not_align ) {
for my $i ( 0 .. $maximum_line_index ) {
}
}
- if ( $min_ci_gap >= $rOpts_maximum_line_length ) {
+ if ( $min_ci_gap >= maximum_line_length_for_level($group_level) ) {
$min_ci_gap = 0;
}
}
return $min_ci_gap;
}
-sub write_vertically_aligned_line {
+sub valign_output_step_A {
+
+ ###############################################################
+ # This is Step A in writing vertically aligned lines.
+ # The line is prepared according to the alignments which have
+ # been found and shipped to the next step.
+ ###############################################################
my ( $line, $min_ci_gap, $do_not_align, $group_leader_length,
$extra_leading_spaces )
my $side_comment_length = ( length( $$rfields[$maximum_field_index] ) );
# ship this line off
- write_leader_and_string( $leading_space_count + $extra_leading_spaces,
+ valign_output_step_B( $leading_space_count + $extra_leading_spaces,
$str, $side_comment_length, $outdent_long_lines,
- $rvertical_tightness_flags );
+ $rvertical_tightness_flags, $group_level );
}
sub get_extra_leading_spaces {
# list before it sees everything. When this happens, it sets
# the indentation to the standard scheme, but notes how
# many spaces it would have liked to use. We may be able
- # to recover that space here in the event that that all of the
+ # to recover that space here in the event that all of the
# lines of a list are back together again.
#----------------------------------------------------------
1 + $maximum_line_index + $file_writer_object->get_output_line_number();
}
-sub write_leader_and_string {
+sub valign_output_step_B {
+
+ ###############################################################
+ # This is Step B in writing vertically aligned lines.
+ # Vertical tightness is applied according to preset flags.
+ # In particular this routine handles stacking of opening
+ # and closing tokens.
+ ###############################################################
my ( $leading_space_count, $str, $side_comment_length, $outdent_long_lines,
- $rvertical_tightness_flags )
+ $rvertical_tightness_flags, $level )
= @_;
# handle outdenting of long lines:
length($str) -
$side_comment_length +
$leading_space_count -
- $rOpts_maximum_line_length;
+ maximum_line_length_for_level($level);
if ( $excess > 0 ) {
$leading_space_count = 0;
$last_outdented_line_at =
# Unpack any recombination data; it was packed by
# sub send_lines_to_vertical_aligner. Contents:
#
- # [0] type: 1=opening 2=closing 3=opening block brace
+ # [0] type: 1=opening non-block 2=closing non-block
+ # 3=opening block brace 4=closing block brace
# [1] flag: if opening: 1=no multiple steps, 2=multiple steps ok
# if closing: spaces of padding to use
# [2] sequence number of container
# either append this line to it or write it out
if ( length($cached_line_text) ) {
+ # Dump an invalid cached line
if ( !$cached_line_valid ) {
- entab_and_output( $cached_line_text,
+ valign_output_step_C( $cached_line_text,
$cached_line_leading_space_count,
- $last_group_level_written );
+ $last_level_written );
}
- # handle cached line with opening container token
+ # Handle cached line ending in OPENING tokens
elsif ( $cached_line_type == 1 || $cached_line_type == 3 ) {
my $gap = $leading_space_count - length($cached_line_text);
}
}
- if ( $gap >= 0 ) {
+ if ( $gap >= 0 && defined($seqno_beg) ) {
$leading_string = $cached_line_text . ' ' x $gap;
$leading_space_count = $cached_line_leading_space_count;
$seqno_string = $cached_seqno_string . ':' . $seqno_beg;
+ $level = $last_level_written;
}
else {
- entab_and_output( $cached_line_text,
+ valign_output_step_C( $cached_line_text,
$cached_line_leading_space_count,
- $last_group_level_written );
+ $last_level_written );
}
}
- # handle cached line to place before this closing container token
+ # Handle cached line ending in CLOSING tokens
else {
my $test_line = $cached_line_text . ' ' x $cached_line_flag . $str;
+ if (
+
+ # The new line must start with container
+ $seqno_beg
+
+ # The container combination must be okay..
+ && (
+
+ # okay to combine like types
+ ( $open_or_close == $cached_line_type )
+
+ # closing block brace may append to non-block
+ || ( $cached_line_type == 2 && $open_or_close == 4 )
- if ( length($test_line) <= $rOpts_maximum_line_length ) {
+ # something like ');'
+ || ( !$open_or_close && $cached_line_type == 2 )
+
+ )
+
+ # The combined line must fit
+ && (
+ length($test_line) <=
+ maximum_line_length_for_level($last_level_written) )
+ )
+ {
$seqno_string = $cached_seqno_string . ':' . $seqno_beg;
# and eliminate multiple colons might appear to be slow,
# but it's not an issue because we almost never come
# through here. In a typical file we don't.
- $seqno_string =~ s/^:+//;
+ $seqno_string =~ s/^:+//;
$last_nonblank_seqno_string =~ s/^:+//;
- $seqno_string =~ s/:+/:/g;
+ $seqno_string =~ s/:+/:/g;
$last_nonblank_seqno_string =~ s/:+/:/g;
# how many spaces can we outdent?
$test_line = substr( $test_line, $diff );
$cached_line_leading_space_count -= $diff;
+ $last_level_written =
+ level_change(
+ $cached_line_leading_space_count,
+ $diff, $last_level_written );
+ reduce_valign_buffer_indentation($diff);
}
# shouldn't happen, but not critical:
$str = $test_line;
$leading_string = "";
$leading_space_count = $cached_line_leading_space_count;
+ $level = $last_level_written;
}
else {
- entab_and_output( $cached_line_text,
+ valign_output_step_C( $cached_line_text,
$cached_line_leading_space_count,
- $last_group_level_written );
+ $last_level_written );
}
}
}
# write or cache this line
if ( !$open_or_close || $side_comment_length > 0 ) {
- entab_and_output( $line, $leading_space_count, $group_level );
+ valign_output_step_C( $line, $leading_space_count, $level );
}
else {
$cached_line_text = $line;
$cached_seqno_string = $seqno_string;
}
- $last_group_level_written = $group_level;
+ $last_level_written = $level;
$last_side_comment_length = $side_comment_length;
$extra_indent_ok = 0;
}
-sub entab_and_output {
+sub valign_output_step_C {
+
+ ###############################################################
+ # This is Step C in writing vertically aligned lines.
+ # Lines are either stored in a buffer or passed along to the next step.
+ # The reason for storing lines is that we may later want to reduce their
+ # indentation when -sot and -sct are both used.
+ ###############################################################
+ my @args = @_;
+
+ # Dump any saved lines if we see a line with an unbalanced opening or
+ # closing token.
+ dump_valign_buffer() if ( $seqno_string && $valign_buffer_filling );
+
+ # Either store or write this line
+ if ($valign_buffer_filling) {
+ push @valign_buffer, [@args];
+ }
+ else {
+ valign_output_step_D(@args);
+ }
+
+ # For lines starting or ending with opening or closing tokens..
+ if ($seqno_string) {
+ $last_nonblank_seqno_string = $seqno_string;
+
+ # Start storing lines when we see a line with multiple stacked opening
+ # tokens.
+ if ( $args[0] =~ /[\{\(\[]\s*[\{\(\[]$/ ) {
+ $valign_buffer_filling = $seqno_string;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+sub valign_output_step_D {
+
+ ###############################################################
+ # This is Step D in writing vertically aligned lines.
+ # Write one vertically aligned line of code to the output object.
+ ###############################################################
+
my ( $line, $leading_space_count, $level ) = @_;
# The line is currently correct if there is no tabbing (recommended!)
else {
# shouldn't happen - program error counting whitespace
- # we'll skip entabbing
- warning(
-"Error entabbing in entab_and_output: expected count=$leading_space_count\n"
- );
+ # - skip entabbing
+ VALIGN_DEBUG_FLAG_TABS
+ && warning(
+"Error entabbing in valign_output_step_D: expected count=$leading_space_count\n"
+ );
}
}
# shouldn't happen:
if ( $space_count < 0 ) {
- warning(
-"Error entabbing in append_line: for level=$group_level count=$leading_space_count\n"
- );
+
+ # But it could be an outdented comment
+ if ( $line !~ /^\s*#/ ) {
+ VALIGN_DEBUG_FLAG_TABS
+ && warning(
+"Error entabbing in valign_output_step_D: for level=$group_level count=$leading_space_count\n"
+ );
+ }
$leading_string = ( ' ' x $leading_space_count );
}
else {
# shouldn't happen - program error counting whitespace
# we'll skip entabbing
- warning(
-"Error entabbing in entab_and_output: expected count=$leading_space_count\n"
- );
+ VALIGN_DEBUG_FLAG_TABS
+ && warning(
+"Error entabbing in valign_output_step_D: expected count=$leading_space_count\n"
+ );
}
}
}
$file_writer_object->write_code_line( $line . "\n" );
- if ($seqno_string) {
- $last_nonblank_seqno_string = $seqno_string;
- }
}
{ # begin get_leading_string
# shouldn't happen:
if ( $space_count < 0 ) {
- warning(
-"Error in append_line: for level=$group_level count=$leading_whitespace_count\n"
- );
+ VALIGN_DEBUG_FLAG_TABS
+ && warning(
+"Error in get_leading_string: for level=$group_level count=$leading_whitespace_count\n"
+ );
+
+ # -- skip entabbing
$leading_string = ( ' ' x $leading_whitespace_count );
}
else {
my $debug_file = $self->{_debug_file};
my $fh;
unless ( $fh = IO::File->new("> $debug_file") ) {
- warn("can't open $debug_file: $!\n");
+ Perl::Tidy::Warn("can't open $debug_file: $!\n");
}
$self->{_debug_file_opened} = 1;
$self->{_fh} = $fh;
use constant TOKENIZER_DEBUG_FLAG_TOKENIZE => 0;
my $debug_warning = sub {
- print "TOKENIZER_DEBUGGING with key $_[0]\n";
+ print STDOUT "TOKENIZER_DEBUGGING with key $_[0]\n";
};
TOKENIZER_DEBUG_FLAG_EXPECT && $debug_warning->('EXPECT');
use Carp;
-# PACKAGE VARIABLES for for processing an entire FILE.
+# PACKAGE VARIABLES for processing an entire FILE.
use vars qw{
$tokenizer_self
logger_object => undef,
starting_level => undef,
indent_columns => 4,
- tabs => 0,
- entab_leading_space => undef,
+ tabsize => 8,
look_for_hash_bang => 0,
trim_qw => 1,
look_for_autoloader => 1,
# _in_attribute_list flag telling if we are looking for attributes
# _in_quote flag telling if we are chasing a quote
# _starting_level indentation level of first line
- # _input_tabstr string denoting one indentation level of input file
- # _know_input_tabstr flag indicating if we know _input_tabstr
# _line_buffer_object object with get_line() method to supply source code
# _diagnostics_object place to write debugging information
# _unexpected_error_count error count used to limit output
_line_start_quote => -1,
_starting_level => $args{starting_level},
_know_starting_level => defined( $args{starting_level} ),
- _tabs => $args{tabs},
- _entab_leading_space => $args{entab_leading_space},
+ _tabsize => $args{tabsize},
_indent_columns => $args{indent_columns},
_look_for_hash_bang => $args{look_for_hash_bang},
_trim_qw => $args{trim_qw},
- _input_tabstr => "",
- _know_input_tabstr => -1,
+ _continuation_indentation => $args{continuation_indentation},
+ _outdent_labels => $args{outdent_labels},
_last_line_number => $args{starting_line_number} - 1,
_saw_perl_dash_P => 0,
_saw_perl_dash_w => 0,
write_logfile_entry("Suggest including 'use strict;'\n");
}
- # it is suggested that lables have at least one upper case character
+ # it is suggested that labels have at least one upper case character
# for legibility and to avoid code breakage as new keywords are introduced
if ( $tokenizer_self->{_rlower_case_labels_at} ) {
my @lower_case_labels_at =
$input_line_separator = $2 . $input_line_separator;
}
- # for backwards compatability we keep the line text terminated with
+ # for backwards compatibility we keep the line text terminated with
# a newline character
$input_line .= "\n";
$tokenizer_self->{_line_text} = $input_line; # update
# _ending_in_quote - this line ends in a multi-line quote
# (so don't trim trailing blanks!)
my $line_of_tokens = {
- _line_type => 'EOF',
- _line_text => $input_line,
- _line_number => $input_line_number,
- _rtoken_type => undef,
- _rtokens => undef,
- _rlevels => undef,
- _rslevels => undef,
- _rblock_type => undef,
- _rcontainer_type => undef,
- _rcontainer_environment => undef,
- _rtype_sequence => undef,
- _rnesting_tokens => undef,
- _rci_levels => undef,
- _rnesting_blocks => undef,
- _python_indentation_level => -1, ## 0,
+ _line_type => 'EOF',
+ _line_text => $input_line,
+ _line_number => $input_line_number,
+ _rtoken_type => undef,
+ _rtokens => undef,
+ _rlevels => undef,
+ _rslevels => undef,
+ _rblock_type => undef,
+ _rcontainer_type => undef,
+ _rcontainer_environment => undef,
+ _rtype_sequence => undef,
+ _rnesting_tokens => undef,
+ _rci_levels => undef,
+ _rnesting_blocks => undef,
+ _guessed_indentation_level => 0,
_starting_in_quote => 0, # to be set by subroutine
_ending_in_quote => 0,
_curly_brace_depth => $brace_depth,
}
# must print line unchanged if we have seen a severe error (i.e., we
- # are seeing illegal tokens and connot continue. Syntax errors do
+ # are seeing illegal tokens and cannot continue. Syntax errors do
# not pass this route). Calling routine can decide what to do, but
# the default can be to just pass all lines as if they were after __END__
elsif ( $tokenizer_self->{_in_error} ) {
# update indentation levels for log messages
if ( $input_line !~ /^\s*$/ ) {
- my $rlevels = $line_of_tokens->{_rlevels};
- my $structural_indentation_level = $$rlevels[0];
- my ( $python_indentation_level, $msg ) =
- find_indentation_level( $input_line, $structural_indentation_level );
- if ($msg) { write_logfile_entry("$msg") }
- if ( $tokenizer_self->{_know_input_tabstr} == 1 ) {
- $line_of_tokens->{_python_indentation_level} =
- $python_indentation_level;
- }
+ my $rlevels = $line_of_tokens->{_rlevels};
+ $line_of_tokens->{_guessed_indentation_level} =
+ guess_old_indentation_level($input_line);
}
# see if this line contains here doc targets
sub find_starting_indentation_level {
+ # We need to find the indentation level of the first line of the
+ # script being formatted. Often it will be zero for an entire file,
+ # but if we are formatting a local block of code (within an editor for
+ # example) it may not be zero. The user may specify this with the
+ # -sil=n parameter but normally doesn't so we have to guess.
+ #
# USES GLOBAL VARIABLES: $tokenizer_self
- my $starting_level = 0;
- my $know_input_tabstr = -1; # flag for find_indentation_level
+ my $starting_level = 0;
# use value if given as parameter
if ( $tokenizer_self->{_know_starting_level} ) {
# otherwise figure it out from the input file
else {
my $line;
- my $i = 0;
- my $structural_indentation_level = -1; # flag for find_indentation_level
+ my $i = 0;
# keep looking at lines until we find a hash bang or piece of code
my $msg = "";
}
next if ( $line =~ /^\s*#/ ); # skip past comments
next if ( $line =~ /^\s*$/ ); # skip past blank lines
- ( $starting_level, $msg ) =
- find_indentation_level( $line, $structural_indentation_level );
- if ($msg) { write_logfile_entry("$msg") }
+ $starting_level = guess_old_indentation_level($line);
last;
}
$msg = "Line $i implies starting-indentation-level = $starting_level\n";
-
- if ( $starting_level > 0 ) {
-
- my $input_tabstr = $tokenizer_self->{_input_tabstr};
- if ( $input_tabstr eq "\t" ) {
- $msg .= "by guessing input tabbing uses 1 tab per level\n";
- }
- else {
- my $cols = length($input_tabstr);
- $msg .=
- "by guessing input tabbing uses $cols blanks per level\n";
- }
- }
write_logfile_entry("$msg");
}
$tokenizer_self->{_starting_level} = $starting_level;
reset_indentation_level($starting_level);
}
-# Find indentation level given a input line. At the same time, try to
-# figure out the input tabbing scheme.
-#
-# There are two types of calls:
-#
-# Type 1: $structural_indentation_level < 0
-# In this case we have to guess $input_tabstr to figure out the level.
-#
-# Type 2: $structural_indentation_level >= 0
-# In this case the level of this line is known, and this routine can
-# update the tabbing string, if still unknown, to make the level correct.
-
-sub find_indentation_level {
- my ( $line, $structural_indentation_level ) = @_;
+sub guess_old_indentation_level {
+ my ($line) = @_;
+ # Guess the indentation level of an input line.
+ #
+ # For the first line of code this result will define the starting
+ # indentation level. It will mainly be non-zero when perltidy is applied
+ # within an editor to a local block of code.
+ #
+ # This is an impossible task in general because we can't know what tabs
+ # meant for the old script and how many spaces were used for one
+ # indentation level in the given input script. For example it may have
+ # been previously formatted with -i=7 -et=3. But we can at least try to
+ # make sure that perltidy guesses correctly if it is applied repeatedly to
+ # a block of code within an editor, so that the block stays at the same
+ # level when perltidy is applied repeatedly.
+ #
# USES GLOBAL VARIABLES: $tokenizer_self
my $level = 0;
- my $msg = "";
-
- my $know_input_tabstr = $tokenizer_self->{_know_input_tabstr};
- my $input_tabstr = $tokenizer_self->{_input_tabstr};
-
- # find leading whitespace
- my $leading_whitespace = ( $line =~ /^(\s*)/ ) ? $1 : "";
-
- # make first guess at input tabbing scheme if necessary
- if ( $know_input_tabstr < 0 ) {
-
- $know_input_tabstr = 0;
-
- # When -et=n is used for the output formatting, we will assume that
- # tabs in the input formatting were also produced with -et=n. This may
- # not be true, but it is the best guess because it will keep leading
- # whitespace unchanged on repeated formatting on small pieces of code
- # when -et=n is used. Thanks to Sam Kington for this patch.
- if ( my $tabsize = $tokenizer_self->{_entab_leading_space} ) {
- $leading_whitespace =~ s{^ (\t*) }
- { " " x (length($1) * $tabsize) }xe;
- $input_tabstr = " " x $tokenizer_self->{_indent_columns};
- }
- elsif ( $tokenizer_self->{_tabs} ) {
- $input_tabstr = "\t";
- if ( length($leading_whitespace) > 0 ) {
- if ( $leading_whitespace !~ /\t/ ) {
-
- my $cols = $tokenizer_self->{_indent_columns};
-
- if ( length($leading_whitespace) < $cols ) {
- $cols = length($leading_whitespace);
- }
- $input_tabstr = " " x $cols;
- }
- }
- }
- else {
- $input_tabstr = " " x $tokenizer_self->{_indent_columns};
- if ( length($leading_whitespace) > 0 ) {
- if ( $leading_whitespace =~ /^\t/ ) {
- $input_tabstr = "\t";
- }
- }
- }
- $tokenizer_self->{_know_input_tabstr} = $know_input_tabstr;
- $tokenizer_self->{_input_tabstr} = $input_tabstr;
- }
-
- # determine the input tabbing scheme if possible
- if ( ( $know_input_tabstr == 0 )
- && ( length($leading_whitespace) > 0 )
- && ( $structural_indentation_level > 0 ) )
- {
- my $saved_input_tabstr = $input_tabstr;
-
- # check for common case of one tab per indentation level
- if ( $leading_whitespace eq "\t" x $structural_indentation_level ) {
- if ( $leading_whitespace eq "\t" x $structural_indentation_level ) {
- $input_tabstr = "\t";
- $msg = "Guessing old indentation was tab character\n";
- }
- }
-
- else {
-
- # detab any tabs based on 8 blanks per tab
- my $entabbed = "";
- if ( $leading_whitespace =~ s/^\t+/ /g ) {
- $entabbed = "entabbed";
- }
+ # find leading tabs, spaces, and any statement label
+ my $spaces = 0;
+ if ( $line =~ /^(\t+)?(\s+)?(\w+:[^:])?/ ) {
- # now compute tabbing from number of spaces
- my $columns =
- length($leading_whitespace) / $structural_indentation_level;
- if ( $columns == int $columns ) {
- $msg =
- "Guessing old indentation was $columns $entabbed spaces\n";
- }
- else {
- $columns = int $columns;
- $msg =
-"old indentation is unclear, using $columns $entabbed spaces\n";
- }
- $input_tabstr = " " x $columns;
- }
- $know_input_tabstr = 1;
- $tokenizer_self->{_know_input_tabstr} = $know_input_tabstr;
- $tokenizer_self->{_input_tabstr} = $input_tabstr;
+ # If there are leading tabs, we use the tab scheme for this run, if
+ # any, so that the code will remain stable when editing.
+ if ($1) { $spaces += length($1) * $tokenizer_self->{_tabsize} }
- # see if mistakes were made
- if ( ( $tokenizer_self->{_starting_level} > 0 )
- && !$tokenizer_self->{_know_starting_level} )
- {
+ if ($2) { $spaces += length($2) }
- if ( $input_tabstr ne $saved_input_tabstr ) {
- complain(
-"I made a bad starting level guess; rerun with a value for -sil \n"
- );
- }
+ # correct for outdented labels
+ if ( $3 && $tokenizer_self->{'_outdent_labels'} ) {
+ $spaces += $tokenizer_self->{_continuation_indentation};
}
}
- # use current guess at input tabbing to get input indentation level
- #
- # Patch to handle a common case of entabbed leading whitespace
- # If the leading whitespace equals 4 spaces and we also have
- # tabs, detab the input whitespace assuming 8 spaces per tab.
- if ( length($input_tabstr) == 4 ) {
- $leading_whitespace =~ s/^\t+/ /g;
- }
-
- if ( ( my $len_tab = length($input_tabstr) ) > 0 ) {
- my $pos = 0;
-
- while ( substr( $leading_whitespace, $pos, $len_tab ) eq $input_tabstr )
- {
- $pos += $len_tab;
- $level++;
- }
- }
- return ( $level, $msg );
+ # compute indentation using the value of -i for this run.
+ # If -i=0 is used for this run (which is possible) it doesn't matter
+ # what we do here but we'll guess that the old run used 4 spaces per level.
+ my $indent_columns = $tokenizer_self->{_indent_columns};
+ $indent_columns = 4 if ( !$indent_columns );
+ $level = int( $spaces / $indent_columns );
+ return ($level);
}
# This is a currently unused debug routine
$tokenizer_self->{_saw_perl_dash_w} = 1;
}
- # Check for indentifier in indirect object slot
+ # Check for identifier in indirect object slot
# (vorboard.pl, sort.t). Something like:
# /^(print|printf|sort|exec|system)$/
if (
'/' => sub {
my $is_pattern;
- if ( $expecting == UNKNOWN ) { # indeterminte, must guess..
+ if ( $expecting == UNKNOWN ) { # indeterminate, must guess..
my $msg;
( $is_pattern, $msg ) =
guess_if_pattern_or_division( $i, $rtokens, $rtoken_map,
# allow paren-less identifier after 'when'
# if the brace is preceded by a space
if ( $statement_type eq 'when'
- && $last_nonblank_type eq 'i'
+ && $last_nonblank_type eq 'i'
&& $last_last_nonblank_type eq 'k'
&& ( $i_tok == 0 || $rtoken_type->[ $i_tok - 1 ] eq 'b' ) )
{
$block_type = code_block_type( $i_tok, $rtokens, $rtoken_type,
$max_token_index );
+ # remember a preceding smartmatch operator
+ ## SMARTMATCH
+ ##if ( $last_nonblank_type eq '~~' ) {
+ ## $block_type = $last_nonblank_type;
+ ##}
+
# patch to promote bareword type to function taking block
if ( $block_type
&& $last_nonblank_type eq 'w'
$type = 'R';
}
- # propagate type information for 'do' and 'eval' blocks.
- # This is necessary to enable us to know if an operator
- # or term is expected next
- if ( $is_block_operator{ $brace_type[$brace_depth] } ) {
- $tok = $brace_type[$brace_depth];
+ # propagate type information for 'do' and 'eval' blocks, and also
+ # for smartmatch operator. This is necessary to enable us to know
+ # if an operator or term is expected next.
+ ## SMARTMATCH
+ ##if ( $is_block_operator{$block_type} || $block_type eq '~~' ) {
+ if ( $is_block_operator{$block_type} ) {
+ $tok = $block_type;
}
$context = $brace_context[$brace_depth];
{
$type = '}';
}
+
+ # propagate type information for smartmatch operator. This is
+ # necessary to enable us to know if an operator or term is expected
+ # next.
+ if ( $square_bracket_type[$square_bracket_depth] eq '~~' ) {
+ $tok = $square_bracket_type[$square_bracket_depth];
+ }
+
if ( $square_bracket_depth > 0 ) { $square_bracket_depth--; }
},
'-' => sub { # what kind of minus?
# For example, I used 'v' for v-strings.
#
# *. Implement coding to recognize the $type of the token in this routine.
- # This is the hardest part, and is best done by immitating or modifying
+ # This is the hardest part, and is best done by imitating or modifying
# some of the existing coding. For example, to recognize v-strings, I
# patched 'sub scan_bare_identifier' to recognize v-strings beginning with
# 'v' and 'sub scan_number' to recognize v-strings without the leading 'v'.
if ( ( $untrimmed_input_line =~ /^=[A-Za-z_]/ ) ) {
# must not be in multi-line quote
- # and must not be in an eqn
+ # and must not be in an equation
if ( !$in_quote and ( operator_expected( 'b', '=', 'b' ) == TERM ) )
{
$tokenizer_self->{_in_pod} = 1;
}
}
- unless ( $tok =~ /^\s*$/ ) {
+ unless ( $tok =~ /^\s*$/ || $tok eq 'CORE::' ) {
# try to catch some common errors
if ( ( $type eq 'n' ) && ( $tok ne '0' ) ) {
$brace_type[$brace_depth], $paren_depth,
$paren_type[$paren_depth]
);
- print "TOKENIZE:(@debug_list)\n";
+ print STDOUT "TOKENIZE:(@debug_list)\n";
};
# turn off attribute list on first non-blank, non-bareword
$type = 'n';
}
}
-
+ elsif ( $tok_kw eq 'CORE::' ) {
+ $type = $tok = $tok_kw;
+ $i += 2;
+ }
elsif ( ( $tok eq 'strict' )
and ( $last_nonblank_token eq 'use' ) )
{
# Assume qw is used as a quote and okay, as in:
# use constant qw{ DEBUG 0 };
# Not worth trying to parse for just a warning
- if ( $next_nonblank_token ne 'qw' ) {
+
+ # NOTE: This warning is deactivated because recent
+ # versions of perl do not complain here, but
+ # the coding is retained for reference.
+ if ( 0 && $next_nonblank_token ne 'qw' ) {
warning(
"Attempting to define constant '$next_nonblank_token' which is a perl keyword\n"
);
# FIXME: could check for error in which next token is
# not a word (number, punctuation, ..)
else {
- $is_constant{$current_package}
- {$next_nonblank_token} = 1;
+ $is_constant{$current_package}{$next_nonblank_token}
+ = 1;
}
}
}
elsif (
( $next_nonblank_token eq ':' )
&& ( $$rtokens[ $i_next + 1 ] ne ':' )
- && ( $i_next <= $max_token_index ) # colon on same line
+ && ( $i_next <= $max_token_index ) # colon on same line
&& label_ok()
)
{
# running value of this variable is $level_in_tokenizer.
#
# The total continuation is much more difficult to compute, and requires
-# several variables. These veriables are:
+# several variables. These variables are:
#
# $ci_string_in_tokenizer = a string of 1's and 0's indicating, for
# each indentation level, if there are intervening open secondary
# indentation level, if the level is of type BLOCK or not.
# $nesting_block_flag = the most recent 1 or 0 of $nesting_block_string
# $nesting_list_string = a string of 1's and 0's indicating, for each
-# indentation level, if it is is appropriate for list formatting.
+# indentation level, if it is appropriate for list formatting.
# If so, continuation indentation is used to indent long list items.
# $nesting_list_flag = the most recent 1 or 0 of $nesting_list_string
# @{$rslevel_stack} = a stack of total nesting depths at each
$indented_if_level = $level_in_tokenizer;
}
- # do not change container environement here if we are not
+ # do not change container environment here if we are not
# at a real list. Adding this check prevents "blinkers"
# often near 'unless" clauses, such as in the following
# code:
}
# If we are in a list, then
- # we must set continuatoin indentation at the closing
+ # we must set continuation indentation at the closing
# paren of something like this (paren after $check):
# assert(
# __LINE__,
}
}
- # set secondary nesting levels based on all continment token types
+ # set secondary nesting levels based on all containment token types
# Note: these are set so that the nesting depth is the depth
# of the PREVIOUS TOKEN, which is convenient for setting
- # the stength of token bonds
+ # the strength of token bonds
my $slevel_i = $slevel_in_tokenizer;
# /^[L\{\(\[]$/
# OPERATOR.
#
# If a UNKNOWN is returned, the calling routine must guess. A major
- # goal of this tokenizer is to minimize the possiblity of returning
+ # goal of this tokenizer is to minimize the possibility of returning
# UNKNOWN, because a wrong guess can spoil the formatting of a
# script.
#
my $op_expected = UNKNOWN;
-#print "tok=$tok last type=$last_nonblank_type last tok=$last_nonblank_token\n";
+##print "tok=$tok last type=$last_nonblank_type last tok=$last_nonblank_token\n";
# Note: function prototype is available for token type 'U' for future
# program development. It contains the leading and trailing parens,
}
}
+ # Check for smartmatch operator before preceding brace or square bracket.
+ # For example, at the ? after the ] in the following expressions we are
+ # expecting an operator:
+ #
+ # qr/3/ ~~ ['1234'] ? 1 : 0;
+ # map { $_ ~~ [ '0', '1' ] ? 'x' : 'o' } @a;
+ elsif ( $last_nonblank_type eq '}' && $last_nonblank_token eq '~~' ) {
+ $op_expected = OPERATOR;
+ }
+
# handle something after 'do' and 'eval'
elsif ( $is_block_operator{$last_nonblank_token} ) {
}
# something like $a = do { BLOCK } / 2;
+ # or this ? after a smartmatch anonynmous hash or array reference:
+ # qr/3/ ~~ ['1234'] ? 1 : 0;
# ^
else {
$op_expected = OPERATOR; # block mode following }
{
$op_expected = UNKNOWN;
}
+
+ # expecting VERSION or {} after package NAMESPACE
+ elsif ($statement_type =~ /^package\b/
+ && $last_nonblank_token =~ /^package\b/ )
+ {
+ $op_expected = TERM;
+ }
}
# no operator after many keywords, such as "die", "warn", etc
# TODO: This list is incomplete, and these should be put
# into a hash.
if ( $tok eq '/'
- && $next_type eq '/'
+ && $next_type eq '/'
&& $last_nonblank_type eq 'k'
&& $last_nonblank_token =~ /^eof|undef|shift|pop$/ )
{
}
TOKENIZER_DEBUG_FLAG_EXPECT && do {
- print
+ print STDOUT
"EXPECT: returns $op_expected for last type $last_nonblank_type token $last_nonblank_token\n";
};
return $op_expected;
return $brace_type[$brace_depth];
}
- # otherwise, it is a label if and only if it follows a ';'
- # (real or fake)
+ # otherwise, it is a label if and only if it follows a ';' (real or fake)
+ # or another label
else {
- return ( $last_nonblank_type eq ';' );
+ return ( $last_nonblank_type eq ';' || $last_nonblank_type eq 'J' );
}
}
}
}
- # or a sub definition
+ # or a sub or package BLOCK
elsif ( ( $last_nonblank_type eq 'i' || $last_nonblank_type eq 't' )
&& $last_nonblank_token =~ /^(sub|package)\b/ )
{
return $last_nonblank_token;
}
+ elsif ( $statement_type =~ /^(sub|package)\b/ ) {
+ return $statement_type;
+ }
+
# user-defined subs with block parameters (like grep/map/eval)
elsif ( $last_nonblank_type eq 'G' ) {
return $last_nonblank_token;
push @pre_tokens, @$rpre_tokens;
}
- # put a sentinal token to simplify stopping the search
+ # put a sentinel token to simplify stopping the search
push @pre_types, '}';
my $jbeg = 0;
if (
$saw_brace_error <= MAX_NAG_MESSAGES
- # if too many closing types have occured, we probably
+ # if too many closing types have occurred, we probably
# already caught this error
&& ( ( $diff > 0 ) || ( $saw_brace_error <= 0 ) )
)
my $msg = "guessing that / after $last_nonblank_token starts a ";
if ( $i >= $max_token_index ) {
- "division (no end to pattern found on the line)\n";
+ $msg .= "division (no end to pattern found on the line)\n";
}
else {
my $ibeg = $i;
if ( $type eq 'w' ) {
# check for v-string with leading 'v' type character
- # (This seems to have presidence over filehandle, type 'Y')
+ # (This seems to have precedence over filehandle, type 'Y')
if ( $tok =~ /^v\d[_\d]*$/ ) {
# we only have the first part - something like 'v101' -
}
TOKENIZER_DEBUG_FLAG_NSCAN && do {
- print
+ print STDOUT
"NSCAN: returns i=$i, tok=$tok, type=$type, state=$id_scan_state\n";
};
return ( $i, $tok, $type, $id_scan_state );
# token following a 'package' token.
# USES GLOBAL VARIABLES: $current_package,
+ # package NAMESPACE
+ # package NAMESPACE VERSION
+ # package NAMESPACE BLOCK
+ # package NAMESPACE VERSION BLOCK
+ #
+ # If VERSION is provided, package sets the $VERSION variable in the given
+ # namespace to a version object with the VERSION provided. VERSION must be
+ # a "strict" style version number as defined by the version module: a
+ # positive decimal number (integer or decimal-fraction) without
+ # exponentiation or else a dotted-decimal v-string with a leading 'v'
+ # character and at least three components.
+ # reference http://perldoc.perl.org/functions/package.html
+
my ( $input_line, $i, $i_beg, $tok, $type, $rtokens, $rtoken_map,
$max_token_index )
= @_;
if ($error) { warning("Possibly invalid package\n") }
$current_package = $package;
- # check for error
+ # we should now have package NAMESPACE
+ # now expecting VERSION, BLOCK, or ; to follow ...
+ # package NAMESPACE VERSION
+ # package NAMESPACE BLOCK
+ # package NAMESPACE VERSION BLOCK
my ( $next_nonblank_token, $i_next ) =
find_next_nonblank_token( $i, $rtokens, $max_token_index );
- if ( $next_nonblank_token !~ /^[;\{\}]$/ ) {
+
+ # check that something recognizable follows, but do not parse.
+ # A VERSION number will be parsed later as a number or v-string in the
+ # normal way. What is important is to set the statement type if
+ # everything looks okay so that the operator_expected() routine
+ # knows that the number is in a package statement.
+ # Examples of valid primitive tokens that might follow are:
+ # 1235 . ; { } v3 v
+ if ( $next_nonblank_token =~ /^([v\.\d;\{\}])|v\d|\d+$/ ) {
+ $statement_type = $tok;
+ }
+ else {
warning(
"Unexpected '$next_nonblank_token' after package name '$tok'\n"
);
# howdy::123::bubba();
#
}
- elsif ( $tok =~ /^[0-9]/ ) { # numeric
+ elsif ( $tok =~ /^[0-9]/ ) { # numeric
$saw_alpha = 1;
- $id_scan_state = ':'; # now need ::
+ $id_scan_state = ':'; # now need ::
$identifier .= $tok;
}
elsif ( $tok eq '::' ) {
elsif ( $tok eq '{' ) {
# check for something like ${#} or ${©}
- if ( $identifier eq '$'
+ ##if ( $identifier eq '$'
+ if (
+ (
+ $identifier eq '$'
+ || $identifier eq '@'
+ || $identifier eq '$#'
+ )
&& $i + 2 <= $max_token_index
&& $$rtokens[ $i + 2 ] eq '}'
- && $$rtokens[ $i + 1 ] !~ /[\s\w]/ )
+ && $$rtokens[ $i + 1 ] !~ /[\s\w]/
+ )
{
my $next2 = $$rtokens[ $i + 2 ];
my $next1 = $$rtokens[ $i + 1 ];
#
# We have to be careful here. If we are in an unknown state,
# we will reject the punctuation variable. In the following
- # example the '&' is a binary opeator but we are in an unknown
+ # example the '&' is a binary operator but we are in an unknown
# state because there is no sigil on 'Prima', so we don't
# know what it is. But it is a bad guess that
- # '&~' is a punction variable.
+ # '&~' is a function variable.
# $self->{text}->{colorMap}->[
# Prima::PodView::COLOR_CODE_FOREGROUND
# & ~tb::COLOR_INDEX ] =
TOKENIZER_DEBUG_FLAG_SCAN_ID && do {
my ( $a, $b, $c ) = caller;
- print
+ print STDOUT
"SCANID: called from $a $b $c with tok, i, state, identifier =$tok_begin, $i_begin, $id_scan_state_begin, $identifier_begin\n";
- print
+ print STDOUT
"SCANID: returned with tok, i, state, identifier =$tok, $i, $id_scan_state, $identifier\n";
};
return ( $i, $tok, $type, $id_scan_state, $identifier );
sub pattern_expected {
# This is the start of a filter for a possible pattern.
- # It looks at the token after a possbible pattern and tries to
+ # It looks at the token after a possible pattern and tries to
# determine if that token could end a pattern.
# returns -
# 1 - yes
my $str = substr( $input_line, $pos_beg, ( $pos - $pos_beg ) );
# Reject if the closing '>' follows a '-' as in:
- # if ( VERSION < 5.009 && $op-> name eq 'aassign' ) { }
+ # if ( VERSION < 5.009 && $op-> name eq 'assign' ) { }
if ( $expecting eq UNKNOWN ) {
my $check = substr( $input_line, $pos - 2, 1 );
if ( $check eq '-' ) {
# handle octal, hex, binary
if ( !defined($number) ) {
pos($input_line) = $pos_beg;
- if ( $input_line =~ /\G[+-]?0((x[0-9a-fA-F_]+)|([0-7_]+)|(b[01_]+))/g )
+ if ( $input_line =~
+ /\G[+-]?0(([xX][0-9a-fA-F_]+)|([0-7_]+)|([bB][01_]+))/g )
{
$pos = pos($input_line);
my $numc = $pos - $pos_beg;
my $quoted_string = "";
TOKENIZER_DEBUG_FLAG_QUOTE && do {
- print
+ print STDOUT
"QUOTE entering with quote_pos = $quote_pos i=$i beginning_tok =$beginning_tok\n";
};
for ( $i = 0 ; $i < $num ; $i++ ) {
my $len = length( $$rtokens[$i] );
- print "$i:$len:$$rtoken_map[$i]:$$rtokens[$i]:\n";
+ print STDOUT "$i:$len:$$rtoken_map[$i]:$$rtokens[$i]:\n";
}
}
[ left non-structural square bracket (enclosing an array index)
] right non-structural square bracket
( left non-structural paren (all but a list right of an =)
- ) right non-structural parena
+ ) right non-structural paren
L left non-structural curly brace (enclosing a key)
R right non-structural curly brace
; terminal semicolon
#;
push( @valid_token_types, @digraphs );
push( @valid_token_types, @trigraphs );
- push( @valid_token_types, '#' );
- push( @valid_token_types, ',' );
+ push( @valid_token_types, ( '#', ',', 'CORE::' ) );
@is_valid_token_type{@valid_token_types} = (1) x scalar(@valid_token_types);
# a list of file test letters, as in -e (Table 3-4 of 'camel 3')
# these functions have prototypes of the form (&), so when they are
# followed by a block, that block MAY BE followed by an operator.
+ # Smartmatch operator ~~ may be followed by anonymous hash or array ref
@_ = qw( do eval );
@is_block_operator{@_} = (1) x scalar(@_);
# These are not used in any way yet
# my @unused_keywords = qw(
- # CORE
# __FILE__
# __LINE__
# __PACKAGE__
1;
__END__
-=head1 NAME
-
-Perl::Tidy - Parses and beautifies perl source
-
-=head1 SYNOPSIS
-
- use Perl::Tidy;
-
- Perl::Tidy::perltidy(
- source => $source,
- destination => $destination,
- stderr => $stderr,
- argv => $argv,
- perltidyrc => $perltidyrc,
- logfile => $logfile,
- errorfile => $errorfile,
- formatter => $formatter, # callback object (see below)
- dump_options => $dump_options,
- dump_options_type => $dump_options_type,
- prefilter => $prefilter_coderef,
- postfilter => $postfilter_coderef,
- );
-
-=head1 DESCRIPTION
-
-This module makes the functionality of the perltidy utility available to perl
-scripts. Any or all of the input parameters may be omitted, in which case the
-@ARGV array will be used to provide input parameters as described
-in the perltidy(1) man page.
-
-For example, the perltidy script is basically just this:
-
- use Perl::Tidy;
- Perl::Tidy::perltidy();
-
-The module accepts input and output streams by a variety of methods.
-The following list of parameters may be any of the following: a
-filename, an ARRAY reference, a SCALAR reference, or an object with
-either a B<getline> or B<print> method, as appropriate.
-
- source - the source of the script to be formatted
- destination - the destination of the formatted output
- stderr - standard error output
- perltidyrc - the .perltidyrc file
- logfile - the .LOG file stream, if any
- errorfile - the .ERR file stream, if any
- dump_options - ref to a hash to receive parameters (see below),
- dump_options_type - controls contents of dump_options
- dump_getopt_flags - ref to a hash to receive Getopt flags
- dump_options_category - ref to a hash giving category of options
- dump_abbreviations - ref to a hash giving all abbreviations
-
-The following chart illustrates the logic used to decide how to
-treat a parameter.
-
- ref($param) $param is assumed to be:
- ----------- ---------------------
- undef a filename
- SCALAR ref to string
- ARRAY ref to array
- (other) object with getline (if source) or print method
-
-If the parameter is an object, and the object has a B<close> method, that
-close method will be called at the end of the stream.
-
-=over 4
-
-=item source
-
-If the B<source> parameter is given, it defines the source of the input stream.
-If an input stream is defined with the B<source> parameter then no other source
-filenames may be specified in the @ARGV array or B<argv> parameter.
-
-=item destination
-
-If the B<destination> parameter is given, it will be used to define the
-file or memory location to receive output of perltidy.
-
-=item stderr
-
-The B<stderr> parameter allows the calling program to redirect to a file the
-output of what would otherwise go to the standard error output device. Unlike
-many other parameters, $stderr must be a file or file handle; it may not be a
-reference to a SCALAR or ARRAY.
-
-=item perltidyrc
-
-If the B<perltidyrc> file is given, it will be used instead of any
-F<.perltidyrc> configuration file that would otherwise be used.
-
-=item argv
-
-If the B<argv> parameter is given, it will be used instead of the
-B<@ARGV> array. The B<argv> parameter may be a string, a reference to a
-string, or a reference to an array. If it is a string or reference to a
-string, it will be parsed into an array of items just as if it were a
-command line string.
-
-=item dump_options
-
-If the B<dump_options> parameter is given, it must be the reference to a hash.
-In this case, the parameters contained in any perltidyrc configuration file
-will be placed in this hash and perltidy will return immediately. This is
-equivalent to running perltidy with --dump-options, except that the perameters
-are returned in a hash rather than dumped to standard output. Also, by default
-only the parameters in the perltidyrc file are returned, but this can be
-changed (see the next parameter). This parameter provides a convenient method
-for external programs to read a perltidyrc file. An example program using
-this feature, F<perltidyrc_dump.pl>, is included in the distribution.
-
-Any combination of the B<dump_> parameters may be used together.
-
-=item dump_options_type
-
-This parameter is a string which can be used to control the parameters placed
-in the hash reference supplied by B<dump_options>. The possible values are
-'perltidyrc' (default) and 'full'. The 'full' parameter causes both the
-default options plus any options found in a perltidyrc file to be returned.
-
-=item dump_getopt_flags
-
-If the B<dump_getopt_flags> parameter is given, it must be the reference to a
-hash. This hash will receive all of the parameters that perltidy understands
-and flags that are passed to Getopt::Long. This parameter may be
-used alone or with the B<dump_options> flag. Perltidy will
-exit immediately after filling this hash. See the demo program
-F<perltidyrc_dump.pl> for example usage.
-
-=item dump_options_category
-
-If the B<dump_options_category> parameter is given, it must be the reference to a
-hash. This hash will receive a hash with keys equal to all long parameter names
-and values equal to the title of the corresponding section of the perltidy manual.
-See the demo program F<perltidyrc_dump.pl> for example usage.
-
-=item dump_abbreviations
-
-If the B<dump_abbreviations> parameter is given, it must be the reference to a
-hash. This hash will receive all abbreviations used by Perl::Tidy. See the
-demo program F<perltidyrc_dump.pl> for example usage.
-
-=item prefilter
-
-A code reference that will be applied to the source before tidying. It is
-expected to take the full content as a string in its input, and output the
-transformed content.
-
-=item postfilter
-
-A code reference that will be applied to the tidied result before outputting.
-It is expected to take the full content as a string in its input, and output
-the transformed content.
-
-Note: A convenient way to check the function of your custom prefilter and
-postfilter code is to use the --notidy option, first with just the prefilter
-and then with both the prefilter and postfilter. See also the file
-B<filter_example.pl> in the perltidy distribution.
-
-=back
-
-=head1 NOTES ON FORMATTING PARAMETERS
-
-Parameters which control formatting may be passed in several ways: in a
-F<.perltidyrc> configuration file, in the B<perltidyrc> parameter, and in the
-B<argv> parameter.
-
-The B<-syn> (B<--check-syntax>) flag may be used with all source and
-destination streams except for standard input and output. However
-data streams which are not associated with a filename will
-be copied to a temporary file before being be passed to Perl. This
-use of temporary files can cause somewhat confusing output from Perl.
-
-=head1 EXAMPLES
-
-The perltidy script itself is a simple example, and several
-examples are given in the perltidy distribution.
-
-The following example passes perltidy a snippet as a reference
-to a string and receives the result back in a reference to
-an array.
-
- use Perl::Tidy;
-
- # some messy source code to format
- my $source = <<'EOM';
- use strict;
- my @editors=('Emacs', 'Vi '); my $rand = rand();
- print "A poll of 10 random programmers gave these results:\n";
- foreach(0..10) {
- my $i=int ($rand+rand());
- print " $editors[$i] users are from Venus" . ", " .
- "$editors[1-$i] users are from Mars" .
- "\n";
- }
- EOM
-
- # We'll pass it as ref to SCALAR and receive it in a ref to ARRAY
- my @dest;
- perltidy( source => \$source, destination => \@dest );
- foreach (@dest) {print}
-
-=head1 Using the B<formatter> Callback Object
-
-The B<formatter> parameter is an optional callback object which allows
-the calling program to receive tokenized lines directly from perltidy for
-further specialized processing. When this parameter is used, the two
-formatting options which are built into perltidy (beautification or
-html) are ignored. The following diagram illustrates the logical flow:
-
- |-- (normal route) -> code beautification
- caller->perltidy->|-- (-html flag ) -> create html
- |-- (formatter given)-> callback to write_line
-
-This can be useful for processing perl scripts in some way. The
-parameter C<$formatter> in the perltidy call,
-
- formatter => $formatter,
-
-is an object created by the caller with a C<write_line> method which
-will accept and process tokenized lines, one line per call. Here is
-a simple example of a C<write_line> which merely prints the line number,
-the line type (as determined by perltidy), and the text of the line:
-
- sub write_line {
-
- # This is called from perltidy line-by-line
- my $self = shift;
- my $line_of_tokens = shift;
- my $line_type = $line_of_tokens->{_line_type};
- my $input_line_number = $line_of_tokens->{_line_number};
- my $input_line = $line_of_tokens->{_line_text};
- print "$input_line_number:$line_type:$input_line";
- }
-
-The complete program, B<perllinetype>, is contained in the examples section of
-the source distribution. As this example shows, the callback method
-receives a parameter B<$line_of_tokens>, which is a reference to a hash
-of other useful information. This example uses these hash entries:
-
- $line_of_tokens->{_line_number} - the line number (1,2,...)
- $line_of_tokens->{_line_text} - the text of the line
- $line_of_tokens->{_line_type} - the type of the line, one of:
-
- SYSTEM - system-specific code before hash-bang line
- CODE - line of perl code (including comments)
- POD_START - line starting pod, such as '=head'
- POD - pod documentation text
- POD_END - last line of pod section, '=cut'
- HERE - text of here-document
- HERE_END - last line of here-doc (target word)
- FORMAT - format section
- FORMAT_END - last line of format section, '.'
- DATA_START - __DATA__ line
- DATA - unidentified text following __DATA__
- END_START - __END__ line
- END - unidentified text following __END__
- ERROR - we are in big trouble, probably not a perl script
-
-Most applications will be only interested in lines of type B<CODE>. For
-another example, let's write a program which checks for one of the
-so-called I<naughty matching variables> C<&`>, C<$&>, and C<$'>, which
-can slow down processing. Here is a B<write_line>, from the example
-program B<find_naughty.pl>, which does that:
-
- sub write_line {
-
- # This is called back from perltidy line-by-line
- # We're looking for $`, $&, and $'
- my ( $self, $line_of_tokens ) = @_;
-
- # pull out some stuff we might need
- my $line_type = $line_of_tokens->{_line_type};
- my $input_line_number = $line_of_tokens->{_line_number};
- my $input_line = $line_of_tokens->{_line_text};
- my $rtoken_type = $line_of_tokens->{_rtoken_type};
- my $rtokens = $line_of_tokens->{_rtokens};
- chomp $input_line;
-
- # skip comments, pod, etc
- return if ( $line_type ne 'CODE' );
-
- # loop over tokens looking for $`, $&, and $'
- for ( my $j = 0 ; $j < @$rtoken_type ; $j++ ) {
-
- # we only want to examine token types 'i' (identifier)
- next unless $$rtoken_type[$j] eq 'i';
-
- # pull out the actual token text
- my $token = $$rtokens[$j];
-
- # and check it
- if ( $token =~ /^\$[\`\&\']$/ ) {
- print STDERR
- "$input_line_number: $token\n";
- }
- }
- }
-
-This example pulls out these tokenization variables from the $line_of_tokens
-hash reference:
-
- $rtoken_type = $line_of_tokens->{_rtoken_type};
- $rtokens = $line_of_tokens->{_rtokens};
-
-The variable C<$rtoken_type> is a reference to an array of token type codes,
-and C<$rtokens> is a reference to a corresponding array of token text.
-These are obviously only defined for lines of type B<CODE>.
-Perltidy classifies tokens into types, and has a brief code for each type.
-You can get a complete list at any time by running perltidy from the
-command line with
-
- perltidy --dump-token-types
-
-In the present example, we are only looking for tokens of type B<i>
-(identifiers), so the for loop skips past all other types. When an
-identifier is found, its actual text is checked to see if it is one
-being sought. If so, the above write_line prints the token and its
-line number.
-
-The B<formatter> feature is relatively new in perltidy, and further
-documentation needs to be written to complete its description. However,
-several example programs have been written and can be found in the
-B<examples> section of the source distribution. Probably the best way
-to get started is to find one of the examples which most closely matches
-your application and start modifying it.
-
-For help with perltidy's pecular way of breaking lines into tokens, you
-might run, from the command line,
-
- perltidy -D filename
-
-where F<filename> is a short script of interest. This will produce
-F<filename.DEBUG> with interleaved lines of text and their token types.
-The B<-D> flag has been in perltidy from the beginning for this purpose.
-If you want to see the code which creates this file, it is
-C<write_debug_entry> in Tidy.pm.
-
-=head1 EXPORT
-
- &perltidy
-
-=head1 CREDITS
-
-Thanks to Hugh Myers who developed the initial modular interface
-to perltidy.
-
-=head1 VERSION
-
-This man page documents Perl::Tidy version 20120701.
-
-=head1 LICENSE
-
-This package is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-under the terms of the "GNU General Public License".
-
-Please refer to the file "COPYING" for details.
-
-=head1 AUTHOR
-
- Steve Hancock
- perltidy at users.sourceforge.net
-
-=head1 SEE ALSO
-
-The perltidy(1) man page describes all of the features of perltidy. It
-can be found at http://perltidy.sourceforge.net.
-
-=cut
projects / perltidy.git / commitdiff